{"title":"Pond","description":"\u003cp\u003eShop pond supplies and equipment online in New Zealand from Simply Fish. Our pond range includes pumps, filters, fish food, water treatments, aeration equipment and other products for keeping outdoor ponds healthy and looking their best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed help moving and filtering pond water? Explore our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/collections\/pond-pumps\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond Pumps\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e range for circulation, filtration and water-feature pumps.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"api-pond-microbial-algae-clean-473ml","title":"API Pond Microbial Algae Clean","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eAPI Pond Microbial Algae Clean\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPI Pond Microbial Algae Clean\u003c\/strong\u003e is a biological pond treatment designed to help control \u003cstrong\u003egreen water algae\u003c\/strong\u003e while also helping break down organic sludge and debris.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s a great option when your pond water itself has turned green or cloudy from suspended algae, rather than when you’re dealing with long strands of string algae attached to rocks, plants or pond liner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Use Microbial Algae Clean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps control green water algae\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses a biological bacterial approach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps break down organic sludge and debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan help reduce unpleasant pond odours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports a cleaner pond environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for ornamental ponds containing fish and plants when used as directed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShake well before use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose approximately:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10mL per 380L of pond water\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an active green-water problem:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDose twice per week for the first two weeks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor ongoing maintenance:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDose once per week.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways calculate your approximate pond volume before dosing and follow the instructions on the product label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGreen Water vs String Algae\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicrobial Algae Clean is primarily designed for \u003cstrong\u003egreen water\u003c\/strong\u003e — when microscopic algae is suspended throughout the water and makes the whole pond look green.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have long strands of algae attached to rocks, liner or waterfalls, we'd look at a different algae-control option such as \u003cstrong\u003eAPI Pond Algaefix\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore treating the pond, remove as much obvious organic waste as you can.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeaves, dead plant material, uneaten food and thick sludge all contribute nutrients that algae can use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe'd also check that your \u003cstrong\u003epond pump and filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e are working properly rather than relying on treatment alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor persistent green-water problems, a \u003cstrong\u003ePond One ClearTec UV-C Clarifier\u003c\/strong\u003e can also be an excellent long-term solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of algae does Microbial Algae Clean treat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is primarily designed to help control suspended green-water algae.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it treat string algae?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt isn't our first choice for string or hair algae. API Pond Algaefix is better suited to those types of algae.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much do I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApproximately 10mL per 380L of pond water per treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwice weekly for the first two weeks, then once weekly for ongoing maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for fish and plants?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for ornamental ponds containing fish and plants when used according to the label directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it replace a pond filter or UV?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Good filtration, circulation and maintenance remain important for long-term algae control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCheck out our \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/blogs\/news\/spring-pond-care-nz\"\u003espring pond care blog post\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e for some helpful tips to get your pond ready for the warmer season!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"Microbial Algae Clean 473mL","offer_id":42852134715469,"sku":null,"price":58.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Microbial Algae Clean 1.89L","offer_id":42852134748237,"sku":null,"price":179.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/KT066_99fb550e-2db0-4469-80cf-c4a180840373.png?v=1775692918"},{"product_id":"api-pond-plant-food-25-tabs","title":"API Pond Plant Food - 25 tabs","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pb-2 border-bottom\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003ePOTTED PLANT FERTILIZER. Continuous-release tablet formula containing essential nutrients and trace elements for non-stop blooming of hardy and tropical aquatic plants. * Proper amount of iron for lush green growth. * Contains boron to promote flower formation. * Keeps water lilies blooming all season long. * Promotes beautiful foliage. * Benefits bog and marginal plants such as iris, canna and taro. Pouch of 25 Tablets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40342791454797,"sku":"","price":25.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/KT31.png?v=1704581545"},{"product_id":"api-pond-accu-clear-473ml","title":"API Pond Accu-Clear 473mL","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pb-2 border-bottom\"\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eAPI Pond Accu-Clear\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPI Pond Accu-Clear\u003c\/strong\u003e is a fast-acting pond water clarifier designed to clear \u003cstrong\u003ecloudy or murky water caused by fine dirt, silt and suspended particles\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works by binding tiny particles together into larger clumps, making them easier for your pond filter to remove or allowing them to settle where they can be cleaned out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Use Pond Accu-Clear?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuickly helps clear cloudy pond water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBinds fine suspended dirt and debris together\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMakes particles easier for filtration to remove\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps improve pond water clarity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan be used whenever cloudy water appears\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater ornamental ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30mL per 570L of pond water\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure the pond has \u003cstrong\u003estrong aeration and water movement before treatment\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf another treatment is required, wait at least \u003cstrong\u003e24 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e before dosing again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor ongoing water clarity, Accu-Clear can be dosed once weekly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo not overdose.\u003c\/strong\u003e Using more than the recommended amount can actually make the product less effective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Does Accu-Clear Treat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccu-Clear is best suited to water that looks cloudy because of very fine suspended particles such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSilt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine debris\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDead algae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther floating particles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your water is bright green because of living algae, we'd look at the algae problem itself as well rather than relying only on a clarifier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure your pond filter is clean and operating properly before using Accu-Clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product brings tiny particles together, but your filtration system still needs to remove them from the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you've recently treated a large algae bloom, Accu-Clear can also be useful afterward to help the filter capture the fine dead algae left behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood aeration is especially important during warm weather, so keep pumps, waterfalls and air systems operating throughout treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does API Pond Accu-Clear do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt binds tiny suspended particles together so they can be more easily removed by pond filtration or settle out of the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much should I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDose approximately 30mL per 570L of pond water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I dose it again if the pond is still cloudy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, but wait at least 24 hours before another treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I overdose Accu-Clear?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Do not exceed the recommended dosage, as overdosing can make it less effective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need aeration while using it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Make sure your pond has good aeration and water movement, particularly during warm weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it an algae treatment?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is primarily a water clarifier. If algae is causing the problem, treat the underlying algae issue as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40414943936589,"sku":"","price":42.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/KT06.png?v=1705893095"},{"product_id":"api-pond-simply-clear-473ml","title":"API Pond Simply Clear 473mL","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"pb-2 border-bottom\"\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eAPI Pond Simply Clear 473mL\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPI Pond Simply Clear\u003c\/strong\u003e is a dual-action bacterial pond clarifier designed to quickly improve \u003cstrong\u003ecloudy, murky water while also helping break down organic sludge\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works by binding tiny suspended particles together into larger clusters, making them easier for your pond filter to capture or allowing them to settle. A concentrated blend of beneficial bacteria then helps consume the organic material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes Simply Clear a great all-round option when your pond is both \u003cstrong\u003ecloudy and accumulating organic waste\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Use Pond Simply Clear?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps clear cloudy and murky pond water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBinds fine suspended particles together\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains beneficial bacteria\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps break down organic sludge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupports cleaner pond conditions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafe for fish and pond plants when used as directed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater ornamental ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShake well before use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpring Start-Up or End-of-Season Clean-Up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e60mL per approximately 946L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse \u003cstrong\u003etwice per week for 2 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOngoing Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30mL per approximately 946L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse \u003cstrong\u003eonce every 2 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways calculate your approximate pond volume before dosing and follow the directions on the bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Clear vs Accu-Clear\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth products can help with cloudy pond water, but they work slightly differently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPI Pond Accu-Clear\u003c\/strong\u003e is primarily a fast-acting clarifier that binds suspended particles together so your filtration can remove them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPI Pond Simply Clear\u003c\/strong\u003e combines water clarification with beneficial bacteria that also help consume sludge and organic waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you've got cloudy water \u003cstrong\u003eand\u003c\/strong\u003e noticeable organic buildup, Simply Clear is the option we'd lean toward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure your pond pump and filter are running properly while using Simply Clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product helps bring tiny particles together, but good filtration and circulation are still important for actually removing that material from the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best results, physically remove large leaves, dead plants and heavy debris first rather than expecting bacteria to process everything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does API Pond Simply Clear do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt helps clear cloudy pond water while beneficial bacteria break down organic sludge and debris.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor spring or end-of-season cleaning, use it twice weekly for two weeks. For maintenance, dose once every two weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much should I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe maintenance dose is approximately 30mL per 946L of pond water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Simply Clear the same as Accu-Clear?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Simply Clear combines clarification with beneficial bacteria, while Accu-Clear is primarily a fast-acting particle-binding clarifier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for fish and plants?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPI states that Simply Clear is safe for fish and pond plants when used according to the directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it remove green water algae?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is primarily a clarifier and sludge treatment. If algae is the main problem, use a product specifically suited to the type of algae you're dealing with.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40602778632269,"sku":"","price":58.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/KT07.png?v=1711142131"},{"product_id":"pond-one-pond-algae-block-20g","title":"Pond One Pond Algae Block 20g","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePond One Pond Algae Block 20g\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond One Pond Algae Block\u003c\/strong\u003e is an easy-to-use pond treatment designed to help \u003cstrong\u003econtrol and prevent algae growth\u003c\/strong\u003e in ornamental ponds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is particularly useful as a preventative treatment, when algae is first beginning to appear, or after physically cleaning an algae-affected pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Use Pond Algae Block?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps control pond algae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat for preventative algae management\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy block format\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUseful when algae first begins appearing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal after physically cleaning an algae-covered pond\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConvenient 20g size\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Should I Use It?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond One recommends using Algae Block:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a preventative before algae becomes excessive\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen you first notice algae starting to develop\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter cleaning an algae-infested pond\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe'd generally recommend tackling algae early rather than waiting until the entire pond is heavily covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse according to the dosage and directions printed on the product packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore treatment, remove as much excessive algae, dead plant material and organic debris as practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure your pond pump and filtration are working properly and maintain good water movement throughout the pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond Algae Block is best viewed as part of your overall algae-control routine rather than a replacement for good pond maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf algae repeatedly comes back, also check:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcessive sunlight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverfeeding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish waste\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSludge and organic debris\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoving the underlying causes of excess nutrients will generally make algae much easier to manage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Some aquatic plants may react poorly to algae treatments. In heavily planted ponds, check plant suitability before use and always follow the directions on the packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Pond One Pond Algae Block used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed to help control and prevent algae growth in ornamental ponds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is the best time to use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is particularly useful as a preventative, when algae first appears, or after cleaning an algae-affected pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I physically remove algae first?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. If there is already a large amount of algae present, remove as much as practical before treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it replace pond filtration?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Good filtration, circulation and pond maintenance are still important for long-term algae control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in a planted pond?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse caution with sensitive aquatic plants and check the product directions before treating heavily planted ponds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the block?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach block contains 20g.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua One","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41459110445133,"sku":"","price":12.5,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/95006.jpg?v=1733377301"},{"product_id":"jbl-propond-all-seasons-s-1l-180g-sticks","title":"JBL PROPOND All Seasons Sticks","description":"\u003ch1\u003eJBL PROPOND All Seasons Sticks\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJBL PROPOND All Seasons Sticks\u003c\/strong\u003e are a complete floating pond food designed for Goldfish and other ornamental pond fish at water temperatures between \u003cstrong\u003e10–25°C\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe floating stick format makes feeding easy to monitor, while the balanced formula provides everyday nutrition through much of the New Zealand pond season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with ingredients including salmon, shrimp, spirulina, spinach and wheat, All Seasons Sticks provide a practical staple diet for established pond fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose JBL PROPOND All Seasons?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete everyday pond fish food\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for water temperatures from 10–25°C\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFloating sticks make feeding easy to monitor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains salmon, shrimp and spirulina\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupports healthy growth and natural colour\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for Goldfish and other ornamental pond fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in multiple sizes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Feed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeed only as much as your fish can consume within a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring warmer weather, active pond fish can generally be fed more regularly. As water temperatures fall and fish activity slows, reduce the amount and frequency of feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid throwing large amounts of food into the pond simply because the fish appear hungry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUneaten food eventually becomes waste, increasing the load on your pond filtration and potentially contributing to algae and water-quality problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Seasons Sticks are a great staple food for the majority of the pond season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey're particularly convenient for larger Goldfish because the floating sticks allow you to watch the fish feed and quickly see whether you're giving them too much.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs temperatures become very cold and fish activity drops significantly, reduce feeding rather than continuing the same summer feeding routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrude Protein:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24%\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with ingredients including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWheat\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalmon\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShrimp\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpirulina\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpinach\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWheat germ\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fish can eat JBL PROPOND All Seasons Sticks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey're suitable for Goldfish and other ornamental pond fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperatures are they designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJBL recommends All Seasons Sticks for pond water temperatures between 10–25°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the sticks float?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They float at the surface, making it easy to watch your fish feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much should I feed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFeed an amount your fish can consume within a few minutes and remove excessive uneaten food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I feed them throughout summer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They're designed as an all-season food within their recommended temperature range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I feed the same amount during winter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. As water temperatures fall and fish become less active, reduce feeding accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"All Seasons Sticks 1.1kg","offer_id":42145881718861,"sku":null,"price":59.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"All Seasons Sticks 180g (small)","offer_id":42145881751629,"sku":null,"price":18.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/750104.jpg?v=1759365876"},{"product_id":"pond-prime-500ml","title":"Pond Prime 500ml","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePond Prime – Concentrated Pond Water Conditioner\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond Prime\u003c\/strong\u003e is a highly concentrated water conditioner designed specifically for ornamental ponds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it whenever adding tap water to your pond, performing a water change or setting up a new pond. Pond Prime removes chlorine and chloramine while also detoxifying ammonia and nitrite, helping make new water safer for fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 500mL bottle treats \u003cstrong\u003eover 37,000 litres\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it an extremely concentrated option for larger ponds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Use Pond Prime?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoves chlorine from tap water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoves chloramine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetoxifies ammonia and nitrite\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps detoxify heavy metals found in tap water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHighly concentrated for economical pond use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for water changes and new ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan be used during ammonia or nitrite emergencies\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor normal chlorine and chloramine removal:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse approximately 30mL per 2,300–2,650L of water.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose Pond Prime whenever untreated tap water is being added to the pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor unusually high ammonia or nitrite levels, Pond Prime can be dosed at a higher rate according to the directions on the bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA slight sulphur smell from Pond Prime is completely normal.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePond Prime vs Pond Stability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese products work extremely well together, but they do different jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond Prime\u003c\/strong\u003e conditions tap water and helps protect fish from chlorine, chloramine, ammonia and nitrite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e adds beneficial bacteria to help establish and maintain biological filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen setting up a new pond, we'd typically use Pond Prime to make the incoming tap water safe and Pond Stability to help establish the biofilter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny time you're putting Christchurch tap water directly into a fish pond, use a suitable water conditioner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't assume that because you're only topping the pond up rather than performing a full water change that untreated tap water doesn't matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor large water changes, work out approximately how much new water you're adding and dose accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd remember:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond Prime can help protect fish during an ammonia or nitrite problem, but it doesn't fix the reason those compounds are present.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf ammonia or nitrite is showing on your test kit, check your filtration, fish stocking, feeding and biological cycle as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen should I use Pond Prime?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhenever adding untreated tap water, setting up a new pond or performing a water change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Pond Prime remove chlorine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It removes both chlorine and chloramine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Pond Prime help with ammonia?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Pond Prime can temporarily detoxify ammonia while your biological filtration processes it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Pond Prime with Pond Stability?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Pond Prime conditions the water while Pond Stability helps establish beneficial bacteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does Pond Prime smell like sulphur?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA sulphur-like smell is normal for Pond Prime and doesn't mean the product has gone bad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much water does 500mL treat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA 500mL bottle treats over 37,000 litres under normal dosing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42133909569613,"sku":null,"price":59.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/LH01.png?v=1758841708"},{"product_id":"pond-stability-500ml","title":"Pond Stability 500mL","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePond Stability – Beneficial Bacteria for Pond Cycling\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e is a concentrated beneficial-bacteria treatment designed to rapidly establish and support biological filtration in garden ponds and fish ponds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s particularly useful when setting up a new pond, starting a new filter, after major filter maintenance, following medication, or whenever new fish are introduced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Use Pond Stability?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps establish biological filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupports the breakdown of ammonia and nitrite\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps process organic pond waste\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan help reduce sludge buildup\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUseful when starting new pond filters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafe for fish, aquatic plants and other pond life when used as directed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShake well before use and turn off UV during treatment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNew Pond or New Filter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDay 1:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDose \u003cstrong\u003e50mL per 400L\u003c\/strong\u003e of pond water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDays 2–8:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDose \u003cstrong\u003e25mL per 400L once daily for 7 days.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOngoing Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor established ponds, use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e25mL per 400L once per month\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can also be used after water changes, when introducing new fish, or after medicating the pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways follow the directions on the bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Should I Use Pond Stability?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe particularly recommend it when:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up a new pond\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarting a new biological filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplacing or heavily cleaning filter media\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding new fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter treating the pond with medication\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRe-establishing filtration after winter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeneficial bacteria live primarily throughout your filter media and other surfaces in the pond, so maintaining a healthy biological filter is one of the most important parts of keeping pond water safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePond Stability vs Pond Prime\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese products do different jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond Prime\u003c\/strong\u003e conditions new tap water and deals with chlorine and chloramine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e supplies beneficial bacteria to establish and support biological filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen setting up a new pond or performing a significant water change, the two products can be used together as part of the overall process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond Stability helps establish the biofilter, but \u003cstrong\u003eyour water test tells you whether that biofilter is actually keeping up.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen cycling a new pond or adding a significant number of fish, keep testing ammonia and nitrite rather than assuming everything is safe because bacteria have been added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso avoid completely sterilising established filter media every time you clean your pond filter. The goal is to remove excessive waste while preserving the beneficial bacteria living inside the filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Pond Stability used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt helps establish and maintain beneficial bacteria within the pond's biological filtration system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in a new pond?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. New ponds and new filters are one of the main uses for Pond Stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I turn my UV off?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Seachem instructs users to turn UV off while dosing Pond Stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Pond Stability after cleaning my filter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, particularly if the filter has been heavily cleaned or biological media has been replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Pond Stability remove chlorine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Use a water conditioner such as Pond Prime when adding chlorinated tap water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it mean I don't need to test my water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Continue testing ammonia and nitrite, particularly in new ponds or after major changes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Seachem","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42133909831757,"sku":null,"price":59.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/LH05.png?v=1758841927"},{"product_id":"api-pond-algaefix","title":"API Pond Algaefix","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"113\" data-end=\"172\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"113\" data-end=\"170\"\u003eAPI Pond Algaefix – Effective Algae Control for Ponds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"174\" data-end=\"469\"\u003eAPI Pond Algaefix is a fast-acting, reliable solution for controlling common pond algae without harming your fish or aquatic plants. Safe for use with koi, goldfish, and other ornamental pond fish, it helps keep water clear and balanced by targeting green water, string algae, and blanketweed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"471\" data-end=\"817\"\u003eAlgae growth not only spoils the look of your pond but also competes with fish and plants for oxygen. Algaefix works by controlling algae at its source, improving water clarity and reducing the need for constant maintenance. With regular use, you’ll enjoy a cleaner, healthier pond environment where fish thrive and aquatic plants can flourish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"819\" data-end=\"838\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"819\" data-end=\"836\"\u003eKey Benefits:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"839\" data-end=\"1078\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"839\" data-end=\"888\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"841\" data-end=\"888\"\u003eQuickly controls green water and string algae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"889\" data-end=\"957\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"891\" data-end=\"957\"\u003eSafe for koi, goldfish, and aquatic plants when used as directed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"958\" data-end=\"1008\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"960\" data-end=\"1008\"\u003eImproves water clarity and overall pond health\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1009\" data-end=\"1051\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1011\" data-end=\"1051\"\u003eHelps maintain oxygen balance in ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1052\" data-end=\"1078\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1054\" data-end=\"1078\"\u003eEasy to dose and apply\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1080\" data-end=\"1232\"\u003eAPI Pond Algaefix makes it simple to maintain a beautiful, clear pond with minimal effort, keeping your water feature looking its best all year round.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"240mL","offer_id":42133913337933,"sku":null,"price":41.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"473mL","offer_id":42133913370701,"sku":null,"price":69.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.89L","offer_id":42133913403469,"sku":null,"price":149.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/KT11.png?v=1758842331"},{"product_id":"api-pond-zyme-sludge-destroyer","title":"API Pond-Zyme Sludge Destroyer","description":"\u003ch1\u003eAPI Pond-Zyme Sludge Destroyer\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPI Pond-Zyme Sludge Destroyer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a natural bacterial pond cleaner made with beneficial bacteria and barley to help break down \u003cstrong\u003efish waste, dead algae, leaves, grass clippings and organic sludge\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s a good option for seasonal pond clean-ups or ongoing maintenance where organic waste is building up around the pond, pumps or filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe use this product on just about every pond service we do!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Use Pond-Zyme?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps break down pond sludge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigests fish waste and organic debris\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps consume dead algae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains natural bacteria and barley\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps reduce waste buildup around pumps and filters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUseful for spring and end-of-season pond maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSprinkle evenly around the perimeter of the pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpring Start-Up \/ End of Season\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 teaspoons per approximately 757L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse \u003cstrong\u003etwice per week for 2 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOngoing Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 teaspoons per approximately 757L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse \u003cstrong\u003eonce every 2 weeks\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep your pond pump running while using Pond-Zyme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePond-Zyme vs Ecofix\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth products are designed to help break down organic pond waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond-Zyme\u003c\/strong\u003e uses beneficial bacteria plus barley and comes in a dry powder format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEcofix\u003c\/strong\u003e is a concentrated liquid bacterial treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEither can be a good option for sludge and organic waste, so the choice often comes down to which format you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhysically remove large leaves and heavy debris before treating the pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond-Zyme is there to help break down the organic material that remains — not replace basic pond cleaning altogether.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s also useful after treating an algae bloom, as the bacteria can help consume the dead algae left behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does API Pond-Zyme do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt uses beneficial bacteria and barley to help break down fish waste, dead algae, leaves and pond sludge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I use it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor seasonal clean-ups, twice weekly for two weeks. For maintenance, once every two weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I turn my pond pump off?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. API recommends leaving the pump running during treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Pond-Zyme an algae treatment?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot directly. It helps consume dead algae and organic waste rather than acting as a primary algaecide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it after API Pond Algaefix?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This is a good combination because Pond-Zyme can help break down the dead algae after treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSimply Fish stocks 227g and 454g sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"Pond-Zyme Sludge Destroyer 227g","offer_id":42133914189901,"sku":null,"price":58.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pond-Zyme Sludge Destroyer 454g","offer_id":42133914222669,"sku":null,"price":95.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/KT10_55e4b94e-57bf-4bcb-b957-ba63666cfe92.png?v=1758842775"},{"product_id":"api-pond-ecofix-sludge-destroyer","title":"API Pond Ecofix Sludge Destroyer","description":"\u003ch1\u003eAPI Pond Ecofix Sludge Destroyer\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPI Pond Ecofix Sludge Destroyer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a concentrated bacterial pond treatment designed to help break down \u003cstrong\u003efish waste, dead algae, leaves and organic sludge\u003c\/strong\u003e before it builds up throughout the pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s a great option for ponds with muck accumulating on the bottom, excess organic debris, or filters and pumps constantly dealing with decomposing waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Use Ecofix?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps break down pond sludge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigests fish waste and organic debris\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps consume dead algae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreaks down leaves and plant material\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduces organic buildup around pumps and filters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps make regular pond maintenance easier\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShake well before use.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInitial Clean-Up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose approximately:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e60mL per 946L of pond water, twice per week for 2 weeks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis stronger initial treatment is useful when bringing a pond out of winter or dealing with noticeable organic buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOngoing Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose approximately:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30mL per 946L every 2 weeks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways calculate your approximate pond volume before dosing and follow the directions on the bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEcofix vs Microbial Algae Clean\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese two products are designed for slightly different problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose Ecofix if:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYour main problem is sludge, fish waste, dead algae, leaves or organic muck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose Microbial Algae Clean if:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYour main problem is green water caused by suspended algae.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcofix is also useful after an algae treatment because it can help break down the dead algae left behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcofix works best alongside normal pond maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you can easily remove large piles of leaves, dead plant material or heavy sludge, remove as much as possible first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThen use Ecofix to help deal with the organic waste that is harder to physically remove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeeping your pond pump and filtration clean and flowing properly will also make a big difference to how much waste builds up over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does API Pond Ecofix do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt uses concentrated bacteria to help break down fish waste, dead algae, leaves and organic pond sludge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ecofix an algae treatment?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot primarily. It is mainly designed for sludge and organic waste, although it can help consume dead algae after algae has been treated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I use Ecofix?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an initial clean-up, use it twice weekly for two weeks. For ongoing maintenance, dose every two weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Ecofix safe for fish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for ornamental ponds containing fish when used according to the product directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Ecofix replace pond cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Remove large debris physically where possible and use Ecofix to help break down the remaining organic material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is a good time to use Ecofix?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpring clean-ups, autumn maintenance, after algae treatments, or whenever excessive organic sludge begins building up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCheck out our \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/blogs\/news\/spring-pond-care-nz\"\u003espring pond care blog post\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e for some helpful tips to get your pond ready for the warmer season!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"Ecofix Sludge Destroyer 473mL","offer_id":42133922250829,"sku":null,"price":58.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ecofix Sludge Destroyer 1.89L","offer_id":42133922283597,"sku":null,"price":159.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/KT105_94a7a96c-a1c5-45cb-ba85-bab8945200b4.png?v=1758843278"},{"product_id":"api-pond-waterfall-cleaner-1kg","title":"API Pond \u0026 Waterfall Cleaner 1kg","description":"\u003ch1\u003eAPI Pond \u0026amp; Waterfall Cleaner 1kg\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAPI Pond \u0026amp; Waterfall Cleaner\u003c\/strong\u003e is a fast-acting, oxygen-based cleaner designed to remove \u003cstrong\u003eorganic buildup, debris and unsightly grime\u003c\/strong\u003e from pond surfaces, waterfalls, rocks and decorative water features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works on contact using active oxygen, making it especially useful for cleaning areas where sludge and organic material have accumulated without needing excessive scrubbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Use Pond \u0026amp; Waterfall Cleaner?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFast-acting active oxygen formula\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleans pond rocks and liners\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcellent for waterfalls and water features\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelps lift organic debris and buildup\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for ornamental ponds containing fish and aquatic plants when used as directed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1kg container\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use in a Pond\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep your \u003cstrong\u003epond pump and aeration running\u003c\/strong\u003e during treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 teaspoons per approximately 380L of pond water\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSprinkle the powder evenly around the pond and directly onto affected wet surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the treatment has worked, surface debris may turn white and can then be removed with a net.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWait at least \u003cstrong\u003e24 hours before repeating treatment\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use on Waterfalls\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor waterfalls and fountains:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn the water pump off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure the surface being cleaned is wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSprinkle the powder directly onto the affected rocks or surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow it to work for approximately \u003cstrong\u003e15 minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn the pump back on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRepeat as required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is particularly useful for those awkward waterfall rocks and pond edges that gradually become covered in organic grime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor heavy buildup, physically remove large debris first and then use Pond \u0026amp; Waterfall Cleaner on the material that's harder to shift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen applying around plants, avoid leaving the powder sitting directly on plant leaves. If it accidentally lands on foliage, rinse it off with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does API Pond \u0026amp; Waterfall Cleaner clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for pond surfaces, waterfalls, decorative rocks, liners, fountains and other water-feature surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt uses active oxygen to help lift and break down organic debris and buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much should I use in a pond?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApproximately 2 teaspoons per 380L of pond water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I turn my pond pump off?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor general pond treatment, leave pumps and aeration running. For waterfalls and fountains, switch the pump off for approximately 15 minutes while the product works on the wet surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I repeat the treatment?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. For pond applications, wait at least 24 hours before repeating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for fish and aquatic plants?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAPI states it is safe for fish and aquatic plants when used according to the directions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42133925888077,"sku":null,"price":64.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/KT09.png?v=1758843760"},{"product_id":"pond-one-pondmaster-mk-ii","title":"Pond One Pondmaster MK II - Pond Fountain Pump","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePond One Pondmaster MK II Pond \u0026amp; Fountain Pump\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePond One Pondmaster MK II\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile pond pump range designed for water circulation, fountains, waterfalls and pond filtration systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in seven sizes from \u003cstrong\u003e600L\/hr through to 4,800L\/hr\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Pondmaster MK II range gives you options for everything from small decorative water features through to larger garden ponds and filtration setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're unsure which model you need, don't just choose the pump with the biggest litres-per-hour number. \u003cstrong\u003ePond volume, required flow and the height you're pumping the water all matter.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Use a Pond Pump?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pond pump keeps water moving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat movement can be used to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCirculate water around the pond\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMove water through a pond filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower a fountain\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeed a waterfall or cascade\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduce stagnant areas\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImprove surface movement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelp distribute filtered water throughout the pond\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor fish ponds in particular, we'd generally rather see consistent water movement and filtration than a pond sitting completely stagnant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pump itself does \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e magically clean the pond — it needs to be used with suitable filtration if water quality and waste removal are the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Pondmaster MK II Size Do I Need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e360PH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.85m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall water features\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall decorative ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall fountains\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGentle circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the smallest model in the range and isn't the one we'd choose for pushing water a significant distance or height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1300PH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,100L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall garden ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater features\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall fountains\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller filtration systems\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA good step up from the 360PH when you need more usable flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1800PH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,800L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.15m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall-to-medium ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFountains\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall waterfalls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral pond circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is where the range starts becoming much more useful for a proper garden pond rather than simply a decorative feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2300PH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,200L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium garden ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilter systems\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaterfalls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFountains\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA useful middle-ground model if 1,800L\/hr isn't quite enough but you don't need one of the larger pumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3300PH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,800L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium-to-larger ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger fountains\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaterfalls and cascades\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSystems with more plumbing resistance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA strong all-round option for many established garden ponds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3600PH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,500L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.4m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigher-flow filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaterfalls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger water features\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSystems requiring greater lift\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe additional head height makes this particularly useful when you're moving water substantially above the pond surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4900PH\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,800L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 3.6m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger garden ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigher-flow pond filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger waterfalls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-volume circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSystems requiring substantially more flow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the largest Pondmaster MK II model stocked by Simply Fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePondmaster MK II Size Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eMaximum Flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eMaximum Head\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360PH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e600L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e0.85m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300PH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e1,100L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e1.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800PH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e1,800L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e2.15m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2300PH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e2,200L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e2.2m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3300PH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e2,800L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e2.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3600PH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3,500L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4900PH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e4,800L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003eApprox. 3.6m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Does Maximum Head Height Mean?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis catches a lot of people out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum head height is not the height where the pump still produces its full advertised flow.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf a pump is rated at:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3,500L\/hr with a 3.4m maximum head\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ethat does \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e mean it delivers 3,500L\/hr at 3.4m.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flow rate reduces as the pump has to push water higher and overcome more resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the maximum head height, usable flow is approaching zero.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSo if you're pumping water:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp a waterfall\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom the bottom of a deep pond\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThrough a filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThrough several metres of hose\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAround multiple bends\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eyou need to allow for flow loss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDon't Size a Pump Using Pond Volume Alone\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA common rule of thumb is to circulate a pond's volume approximately once every \u003cstrong\u003e1–2 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e, but that is only a starting point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 2,000L decorative pond with no fish has very different requirements from a 2,000L heavily stocked Goldfish pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou also need to consider:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish load\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilter requirements\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaterfall flow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHead height\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHose diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHose length\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of bends\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow much water movement you actually want\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your pond filter specifies a recommended flow range, \u003cstrong\u003euse that requirement as part of your pump selection\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eExample\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSay you have a:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2,000L Goldfish pond\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eand want the pond volume circulating roughly once per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou might initially think:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Easy — I need a 2,000L\/hr pump.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBut if the pump has to push water:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 metre uphill\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThrough several metres of hose\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThrough a filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAround a couple of bends\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ea pump rated at 2,000L\/hr may deliver substantially less than that in the real installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn that situation, we'd generally give ourselves some headroom rather than selecting a pump that only just meets the theoretical requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePond Pump for a Waterfall\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaterfalls generally require more flow than people expect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA tiny pump may technically get water to the top, but you could end up with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ea sad little trickle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003einstead of an actual waterfall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen sizing for a waterfall, consider:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVertical height from pond surface to waterfall outlet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWidth of the waterfall\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesired appearance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHose diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTotal plumbing length\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe higher and wider the waterfall, the more pump capacity you generally need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're unsure, we'd rather calculate it with you before you buy than sell you a pump that leaves you disappointed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePond Pump for Filtration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're using the Pondmaster to supply a \u003cstrong\u003epond filter\u003c\/strong\u003e, check the filter manufacturer's recommended flow rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToo little flow may mean the filtration system isn't receiving enough water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToo much flow can also be a problem if water passes through the filter faster than the system is designed to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe goal isn't simply:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ebiggest pump possible.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pump and filter need to work together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExplore our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/collections\/pond-filters\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond Filters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e range if you're building or upgrading a complete filtration system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePond Pump vs Filter Pump\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pondmaster MK II is an excellent general-purpose pond and fountain pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're primarily trying to move significant quantities of dirty pond water through a larger filtration system, you may also want to look at the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/products\/pond-one-mantaray-filter-pump\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond One MantaRay Filter Pump\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe best option depends on whether your priority is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFountain operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaterfall operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDedicated filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're unsure, contact Simply Fish with your pond dimensions and what you're trying to run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do I Work Out My Pond Volume?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a basic rectangular pond:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength × Width × Average Depth = Pond Volume\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf measuring in metres:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength × Width × Depth × 1,000 = approximate litres\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2m × 1.5m × 0.6m × 1,000 = approximately 1,800L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIrregular ponds are harder to calculate exactly, so use an average width and average depth rather than simply measuring the deepest point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnowing your approximate pond volume is useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePump sizing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilter sizing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater treatment dosing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish stocking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore installation:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the correct pump size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the pump and cable for damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the pump securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnect appropriately sized hose or fountain fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid unnecessary restrictions or tight bends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure the pump intake isn't buried in sludge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the actual water flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck all hose connections for leaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjust the fountain or waterfall as required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKeep the Intake Clear\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your pond pump suddenly seems weak, \u003cstrong\u003edon't immediately assume the motor is dying\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFirst check:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntake\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSponge\/prefilter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImpeller\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHose\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFittings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny leaves or string algae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/collections\/pond-pumps\"\u003ePond pumps\u003c\/a\u003e can move a surprising amount of debris.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA partially blocked intake or dirty impeller can make a perfectly good pump look dramatically weaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eClean the Impeller\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe impeller is one of the most important parts of a pond pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver time it can accumulate:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlime\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine debris\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlgae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMineral buildup\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant material\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeriodically:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn the pump off at the power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove it safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen the impeller housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove accumulated debris.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck that the impeller spins correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReassemble the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRestart and check flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular basic maintenance can make a big difference to both performance and lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDon't Run the Pump Dry\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever allow a pump designed for submerged operation to sit running without water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're cleaning the pond or lowering the water level, make sure the pump remains correctly installed and supplied with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwitch it off when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFountain or Circulation?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne advantage of the Pondmaster range is flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pump can be used to create a decorative fountain while also contributing to water movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA fountain can:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd visual interest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreate surface agitation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImprove water movement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelp reduce stagnant areas\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, don't mistake a fountain for complete pond filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have fish producing waste, we'd still look at appropriate mechanical and biological filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes a Pond Pump Add Oxygen?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pump itself mainly \u003cstrong\u003emoves water\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, when that water movement creates surface agitation, a fountain or waterfall, it can improve gas exchange between the pond water and atmosphere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis can be particularly useful as pond temperatures rise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor ponds where additional aeration is required, we also stock dedicated \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/products\/pond-one-o2plus-air-machine\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond One O2plus Air Machines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest mistake we see when people choose \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/collections\/pond-pumps\"\u003epond pumps\u003c\/a\u003e is focusing entirely on the number printed on the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey see:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2,200L\/hr\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eand assume that's exactly how much water they'll get at the top of their waterfall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt isn't.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe moment you start pushing water uphill and through hoses, fittings and filtration, flow begins to drop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur advice is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWork out what you need the pump to do first, then choose the model.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a little fountain, you don't need a monster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a filtration system or waterfall with significant head height, don't buy a pump that only just meets your theoretical flow requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're unsure which Pondmaster to buy, send Simply Fish:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximate pond length\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWidth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAverage depth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you keep fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight the water needs to be pumped\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're running a filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're running a fountain or waterfall\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eand we can help you narrow it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich Pondmaster MK II pump do I need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt depends on pond volume, desired flow, head height and whether you're running filtration, a waterfall or a fountain. The range runs from 600L\/hr to 4,800L\/hr.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does L\/hr mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLitres per hour. It is the pump's maximum stated flow under low-resistance conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does maximum head mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is approximately the maximum vertical height the pump can push water. Flow decreases as head height increases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a 3,500L\/hr pump still deliver 3,500L\/hr at 3 metres high?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Actual flow decreases as the pump has to lift water higher and overcome plumbing resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use a Pondmaster for a waterfall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Choose the model based on the waterfall height, width and desired flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it with a pond filter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, provided the selected model suits the filter's recommended flow requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for a fountain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The Pondmaster range is designed for pond and fountain applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a pump be too powerful for a pond filter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Check the filter's recommended maximum flow rather than automatically choosing the largest pump available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy has my pond pump lost flow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCheck for a blocked intake, dirty prefilter, clogged impeller, kinked hose, dirty filter or other plumbing restrictions before assuming the pump has failed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I clean my pond pump?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere isn't one fixed interval. Check it whenever flow noticeably reduces and inspect it periodically during periods of heavy pond use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes a pond pump oxygenate the water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWater movement itself doesn't inject oxygen, but fountains, waterfalls and surface agitation can improve gas exchange.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I run my pond pump continuously?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor pumps supplying biological filtration, continuous operation is generally preferable because the filter relies on regular water flow. Other applications such as purely decorative fountains may be operated differently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if I'm unsure which pump I need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eContact Simply Fish with your pond dimensions, approximate head height and what you're trying to operate. We'd rather help size it properly before you purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/blogs\/news\/spring-pond-care-nz\"\u003espring pond care blog post\u003c\/a\u003e for some helpful tips to get your pond ready for the warmer season!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua One","offers":[{"title":"360PH 600l\/hr","offer_id":42607086141517,"sku":null,"price":64.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1300PH 1100l\/hr","offer_id":42607086174285,"sku":null,"price":99.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1800PH 1800l\/hr","offer_id":42142960255053,"sku":null,"price":125.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2300PH 2200l\/hr","offer_id":42142960287821,"sku":null,"price":142.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3300PH 2800l\/hr","offer_id":42142960320589,"sku":null,"price":169.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3600PH 3500l\/hr","offer_id":42142960353357,"sku":null,"price":194.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4900PH 4800l\/hr","offer_id":42142960386125,"sku":null,"price":220.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/11398.jpg?v=1759277341"},{"product_id":"pond-one-claritec-uv-c-pressurised-filter","title":"Pond One ClariTec UV-C Pressurised Filter","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePond One ClariTec UV-C Pressurised Pond Filter\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePond One ClariTec UV-C Pressurised Filter\u003c\/strong\u003e combines mechanical and biological pond filtration with an integrated UV-C clarifier in one complete unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRather than buying a separate pond filter and UV clarifier, the ClariTec gives you both in a single system designed for garden ponds and outdoor fish ponds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater is pumped through the ClariTec, where filter media captures waste and provides biological filtration while the integrated UV-C helps control the free-floating algae responsible for green pond water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply Fish stocks four sizes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClariTec 3000 UV – 9W\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClariTec 5000 UV – 9W\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClariTec 10000 UV – 13W\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClariTec 15000 UV – 13W\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe important part is choosing the model based on \u003cstrong\u003eyour fish load, sunlight and actual pump flow\u003c\/strong\u003e, rather than simply matching the number on the filter to the litres in your pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a ClariTec?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ClariTec makes sense when you want:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical pond filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBiological pond filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated UV-C clarification\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHelp controlling green pond water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge internal filter-media capacity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single filtration unit rather than separate filter and UV units\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple sizes for different pond requirements\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplaceable filter media and spare parts\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's particularly useful for Goldfish ponds and other outdoor fish ponds where waste production is higher than in a decorative water feature with very few fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Does the Filter Actually Do?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ClariTec tackles three different parts of pond filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMechanical Filtration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilter sponges physically trap:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish waste\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant debris\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine particles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUneaten food\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuspended organic material\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis helps prevent waste from simply circulating around the pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBiological Filtration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe filter media also provides surface area for beneficial bacteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bacteria form part of the pond's biological filtration system and help process waste produced by fish and decomposing organic material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is why we don't recommend constantly stripping every filter sponge completely clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour filter isn't just catching dirt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIt's also supporting a living biological system.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUV-C Clarification\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated UV-C exposes pond water to ultraviolet light as it passes through the filtration system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is particularly useful for controlling the microscopic free-floating algae responsible for \u003cstrong\u003egreen pond water\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA ClariTec therefore gives you both filtration and UV clarification in the same system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich ClariTec Size Do I Need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the most important section on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond One gives \u003cstrong\u003ethree different pond-size recommendations for each filter\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on how demanding the pond is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClariTec 3000 UV – 9W\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15.5L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-C:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9W\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended pond sizes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLightly stocked ornamental pond:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e3,000L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTypical pond with plants and average fish stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1,500L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavily stocked pond or high sunlight exposure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e750L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClariTec 5000 UV – 9W\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21.5L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-C:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9W\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended pond sizes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLightly stocked ornamental pond:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5,000L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTypical pond with plants and average fish stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e2,500L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavily stocked pond or high sunlight exposure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1,200L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClariTec 10000 UV – 13W\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27.5L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-C:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13W\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended pond sizes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLightly stocked ornamental pond:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e10,000L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTypical pond with plants and average fish stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5,000L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavily stocked pond or high sunlight exposure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e2,500L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClariTec 15000 UV – 13W\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.5L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-C:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13W\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended pond sizes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLightly stocked ornamental pond:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e15,000L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTypical pond with plants and average fish stocking:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e7,500L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavily stocked pond or high sunlight exposure:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e3,700L\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eClariTec Size Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eMax Flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eTypical Fish Pond\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eHeavy Stock \/ High Sun\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClariTec 3000 UV\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3,000L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e1,500L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e750L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClariTec 5000 UV\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e5,000L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e2,500L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e1,200L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClariTec 10000 UV\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e10,000L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e5,000L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e2,500L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClariTec 15000 UV\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e15,000L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e7,500L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3,700L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDon't Assume “ClariTec 5000” Means a 5,000L Fish Pond\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is probably the biggest mistake we'd like customers to avoid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA ClariTec 5000 may be suitable for an ornamental pond of around 5,000L with few fish and relatively low sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat does \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e mean we'd automatically put the same filter on a heavily stocked 5,000L Goldfish pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish produce waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore fish means:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore food\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore faeces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore ammonia\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore organic material\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreater demand on mechanical filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreater demand on biological filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSunlight also matters because ponds receiving significant direct sun can experience much stronger algae growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSo when choosing a filter, tell us:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond volume\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximate number of fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish size\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmount of sunlight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePump being used\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eand we'll help work out which model makes sense.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eExample\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImagine you have a:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2,500L Goldfish pond\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA ClariTec 3000 might sound close because the numbers seem similar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBut Pond One only rates the ClariTec 3000 for approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1,500L under typical fish-pond conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ClariTec 5000 is rated around \u003cstrong\u003e2,500L for a typical pond\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd if that same 2,500L pond were heavily stocked or receiving lots of sunlight, we'd seriously consider moving up again to the \u003cstrong\u003eClariTec 10000\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is why pond filtration should be sized around the actual pond rather than the model name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Pump Do I Need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ClariTec does not contain the pump that moves pond water through the filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll need a separate pond pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply Fish stocks options including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/products\/pond-one-pondmaster-mk-ii\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond One Pondmaster MK II\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/products\/pond-one-mantaray-filter-pump?_pos=3\u0026amp;_sid=f13937831\u0026amp;_ss=r\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond One MantaRay Filter Pumps\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe important number is the \u003cstrong\u003eactual flow arriving at the ClariTec\u003c\/strong\u003e, not simply the maximum flow printed on the pump box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePump flow decreases when water has to travel:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUphill\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThrough long hoses\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThrough narrow hoses\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAround bends\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThrough fittings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThrough filtration equipment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePond One's Head-Loss Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond One provides some useful rules of thumb when estimating how much resistance your plumbing creates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a guide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvery 1 metre of pipe:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApproximately equivalent to \u003cstrong\u003e10cm additional head height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReducing the hose diameter by one size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApproximately equivalent to \u003cstrong\u003e1 metre additional head\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvery 90° bend:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApproximately equivalent to \u003cstrong\u003e1 metre additional head\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEvery 45° bend:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eApproximately equivalent to \u003cstrong\u003e50cm additional head\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is why a pump rated at 5,000L\/hr doesn't necessarily deliver 5,000L\/hr by the time the water actually reaches the filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBigger Hose Is Usually Better\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the easiest ways to unnecessarily reduce pond-pump performance is using hose that's too small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNarrow hose creates significantly more resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your pump and filter support a larger hose diameter, we'd generally favour using it rather than immediately reducing everything down to the smallest hose that physically fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat helps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreserve pump flow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduce unnecessary resistance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImprove filtration performance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduce the amount of work the pump needs to do\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the plumbing as simple and unrestricted as practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eClariTec vs ClearTec\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese two Pond One products sound similar but do very different jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePond One ClearTec\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003estandalone UV-C clarifier\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose ClearTec if:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou already have a good pond filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou already have a suitable pump\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou mainly want to add UV-C\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen water is your primary problem\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePond One ClariTec\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ecomplete pressurised pond filter with integrated UV-C\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose ClariTec if:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need pond filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou want mechanical filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou want biological filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou also want UV-C\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou're setting up or upgrading the main pond filtration system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you've already got excellent filtration and just want UV, buying an entire ClariTec probably isn't necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you need both filtration and UV, \u003cstrong\u003eClariTec is the more complete solution.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWill ClariTec Fix Green Water?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated UV-C is designed to help control the microscopic free-floating algae that makes pond water look green.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs water passes through the unit, the UV-C affects the suspended algae and the filtration system can then help remove that material from the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, UV-C isn't a solution for every algae problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt won't simply eliminate:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eString algae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHair algae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlanket weed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlgae growing over rocks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlgae attached to pond liner\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlgae growing on waterfalls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ebecause that attached algae isn't travelling through the UV chamber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your pond looks like green soup, UV-C is particularly relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you've got long strings of algae attached to everything, that's a different problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Is My Pond Green?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon contributors include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStrong sunlight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh nutrient levels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOverfeeding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy fish stocking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish waste\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDecaying leaves\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSludge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInsufficient filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLimited plant competition\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor pond maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClariTec can deal with filtration and free-floating algae, but we'd still address the wider pond environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't install a $700 filter and then keep dumping enormous amounts of food into an overloaded pond full of rotting leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do I Set It Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA basic system looks like:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond → Pump → ClariTec → Return to Pond\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact layout depends on your pond and plumbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic installation:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork out your pond volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the appropriate ClariTec.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a suitable pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the filter securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnect the pump to the filter inlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse appropriately sized pond hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep hose runs as short and direct as practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid unnecessary bends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnect the filter outlet back to the pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck all plumbing carefully for leaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm good water flow through the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperate the UV-C according to Pond One's instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Should I Put It?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the filter somewhere:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccessible for maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClose enough to minimise unnecessary hose length\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere plumbing can be routed safely\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere water returning from the filter can easily reach the pond\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't bury or position the filter somewhere that turns routine maintenance into a major excavation project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf servicing the filter is annoying, there's a good chance it won't get serviced often enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Often Should I Clean It?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere isn't one perfect schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintenance depends heavily on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish numbers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish size\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeeding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond plants\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeaves and debris\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeason\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilter size\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePump flow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring spring and summer, a heavily stocked pond may load the filter considerably faster than a lightly stocked ornamental pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSigns it may need attention include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduced flow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcessive waste buildup\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirty filter media\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeclining water clarity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncreasing pressure\/restriction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor overall filtration performance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't wait until virtually no water is moving through it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDon't Sterilise All the Filter Media\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen cleaning the ClariTec, remember that the filter media isn't just collecting dirt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt also supports beneficial bacteria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur goal is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRemove excessive waste while preserving established biological filtration.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid repeatedly cleaning every piece of media until it looks factory-new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd don't replace every filter sponge at the same time unless there's a specific reason.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond One sells replacement ClariTec sponges, so individual media can be replaced when genuinely worn or required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIf You've Cleaned the Filter Heavily\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you've significantly cleaned or replaced biological filter media, we'd keep a closer eye on water quality afterward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProducts such as \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/products\/pond-stability-500ml\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e can also be used to help establish biological filtration in new or disrupted pond systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBut bacteria products don't replace:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppropriate filter sizing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood water flow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSensible stocking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater testing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes the UV-C Bulb Need Replacing?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUV-C lamps gradually lose useful UV output with operating time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lamp may still visibly illuminate while producing less effective UV-C than when it was new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSo if the filter is mechanically clean and flowing properly but green-water control has become noticeably weaker, check:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUV lamp age\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUV operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuartz sleeve cleanliness\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePump flow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond conditions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003erather than immediately assuming you need a larger filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eClean the UV Quartz Sleeve\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UV lamp is separated from the pond water by a protective quartz sleeve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver time that sleeve can develop:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlime\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMineral deposits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlgae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine organic buildup\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf enough material accumulates, less UV-C can reach the passing water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect and clean the sleeve periodically according to Pond One's maintenance instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo I Still Need Water Changes?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA good filter does not turn your pond into a completely closed ecosystem requiring no maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFiltration helps process and capture waste, but nutrients can still accumulate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the pond, ongoing maintenance may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePartial water changes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoving leaves\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoving sludge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrimming plants\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning pumps\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning filter media\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMonitoring fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eControlling feeding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThink of the ClariTec as a major part of pond maintenance — not a replacement for maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ClariTec is exactly the kind of pond product where \u003cstrong\u003egoing purely by the model name gets people into trouble\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you tell us:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“I've got a 5,000L Goldfish pond, so I'll grab the ClariTec 5000.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eour next question is going to be:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“How many fish are in it?”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a lightly stocked ornamental pond, that may be fine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an average fish pond, Pond One rates the ClariTec 5000 for approximately \u003cstrong\u003e2,500L\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a heavily stocked or high-sun pond, that rating drops to only about \u003cstrong\u003e1,200L\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat difference is huge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur preference with pond filtration is to give ourselves \u003cstrong\u003esome headroom\u003c\/strong\u003e rather than buying a filter that's already working at the absolute limit from day one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish grow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople add more fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey feed more in summer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeaves fall into the pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pond rarely becomes cleaner and less demanding over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSo if you're sitting between two models, we'd generally lean toward the larger filtration system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClariTec 3000 UV\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-C Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15.5L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConnections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19–37mm \/ ¾\"–1½\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV Cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Pond Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLight ornamental: 3,000L\u003cbr\u003eTypical fish pond: 1,500L\u003cbr\u003eHeavy stocking\/high sun: 750L\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClariTec 5000 UV\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-C Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21.5L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 46cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConnections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19–37mm \/ ¾\"–1½\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV Cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Pond Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLight ornamental: 5,000L\u003cbr\u003eTypical fish pond: 2,500L\u003cbr\u003eHeavy stocking\/high sun: 1,200L\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClariTec 10000 UV\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-C Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27.5L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 56cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConnections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19–37mm \/ ¾\"–1½\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV Cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Pond Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLight ornamental: 10,000L\u003cbr\u003eTypical fish pond: 5,000L\u003cbr\u003eHeavy stocking\/high sun: 2,500L\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClariTec 15000 UV\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-C Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Volume:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.5L\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFilter Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 39cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConnections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19–37mm \/ ¾\"–1½\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV Cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Pond Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLight ornamental: 15,000L\u003cbr\u003eTypical fish pond: 7,500L\u003cbr\u003eHeavy stocking\/high sun: 3,700L\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Pond One ClariTec?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a pressurised pond filtration system combining filter media with an integrated UV-C clarifier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include UV-C?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. All four Simply Fish ClariTec variants include UV-C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include filter media?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Pond One supplies filter media with the ClariTec.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include a pond pump?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. You need a suitable separate pump to move water through the filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich ClariTec do I need for a 2,500L pond?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt depends on stocking and sunlight. Pond One rates the ClariTec 5000 at around 2,500L for a typical pond, while a heavily stocked 2,500L pond may justify moving to the ClariTec 10000.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it with Goldfish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. When keeping fish, use Pond One's typical or heavily stocked pond ratings rather than simply using the maximum ornamental-pond rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes ClariTec help green water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The integrated UV-C is designed to help control suspended green-water algae.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it remove string algae?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot directly. Attached algae doesn't normally pass through the UV chamber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClariTec or ClearTec?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClariTec provides filtration plus UV-C. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/products\/pond-one-cleartec\"\u003eClearTec\u003c\/a\u003e is a standalone UV-C clarifier for ponds that already have suitable filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pump should I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMatch the pump's actual delivered flow to the requirements and maximum flow of the selected ClariTec. Allow for head height, hose length, bends and hose diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the pump be too powerful?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Don't exceed the filter's specified maximum flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does my pump deliver less flow than the number on the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHead height, long plumbing, narrow hose and bends all create resistance and reduce actual flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I clean the filter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAs required based on fish load, feeding and debris accumulation. Reduced flow and heavy waste buildup are good indicators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I replace all the filter sponges when cleaning it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Replace worn media as required rather than automatically replacing all established biological media at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the UV lamp need replacing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Effective UV-C output declines with operating time even if the lamp can still visibly illuminate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the ClariTec without switching on the UV?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe filtration and UV perform separate functions. Follow Pond One's instructions for operation and UV use for your particular installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes a ClariTec mean I never need to clean the pond?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. You still need sensible feeding, debris removal, pump\/filter maintenance and general pond care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCheck out our \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/blogs\/news\/spring-pond-care-nz\"\u003espring pond care blog post\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e for some helpful tips to get your pond ready for the warmer season!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua One","offers":[{"title":"ClariTec UV-C 3000 9W","offer_id":42143092899917,"sku":null,"price":349.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"ClariTec UV-C 5000 9W","offer_id":42143092932685,"sku":null,"price":419.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"ClariTec UV-C 10000 13W","offer_id":42143092965453,"sku":null,"price":479.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"ClariTec UV-C 15000 13W","offer_id":42871451877453,"sku":null,"price":599.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/93046_1.jpg?v=1759282824"},{"product_id":"jbl-propond-all-seasons-variomix","title":"JBL PROPOND All Seasons Variomix","description":"\u003ch1\u003eJBL PROPOND All Seasons Variomix\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJBL PROPOND All Seasons Variomix\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete floating food mix designed for \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfish and other freshwater pond fish\u003c\/strong\u003e at water temperatures between \u003cstrong\u003e10–30°C\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRather than using just one food shape, Variomix combines different floating food formats to suit ponds containing fish of different sizes and feeding preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose Variomix?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete everyday pond fish food\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for water temperatures from 10–30°C\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixed floating food shapes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat for ponds with different-sized fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains salmon, shrimp and spirulina\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupports healthy growth and natural colour\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e24% protein and 7% fat\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in 150g and 800g packs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Use a Mixed Pond Food?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a pond containing several different-sized Goldfish, one food size doesn't always suit everyone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVariomix provides a mixture of floating foods, allowing smaller and larger fish to choose pieces they're comfortable eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the food floats, you can also easily watch your fish feed and see whether you're giving them too much.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Feed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeed small amounts that your fish can consume within a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid throwing large handfuls into the pond at once. Uneaten food eventually breaks down and adds unnecessary waste to your filtration system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs pond temperatures drop and your fish become less active, gradually reduce feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrude Protein:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrude Fat:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrude Fibre:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrude Ash:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6%\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with ingredients including wheat, salmon, shrimp and spirulina.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVariomix is a particularly good option if you've got \u003cstrong\u003ea pond full of Goldfish in different sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e and don't want to buy several different foods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mixed format gives smaller and larger fish something they can comfortably eat while still keeping feeding simple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs always, feed according to how quickly the food disappears — not according to how convincing your Goldfish are when begging for another handful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fish is JBL PROPOND Variomix suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGoldfish and other freshwater ornamental pond fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range is it designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJBL recommends it for pond water temperatures between 10–30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the food float?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The food mix floats at the surface, making feeding easy to monitor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy choose Variomix instead of sticks or flakes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVariomix gives you different food formats in one container, making it useful for ponds containing fish of different sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much protein does it contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24% crude protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes does Simply Fish stock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e150g and 800g.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"All Seasons Variomix 150g","offer_id":42145874542669,"sku":null,"price":28.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"All Seasons Variomix 800g","offer_id":42145874575437,"sku":null,"price":65.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/750131.jpg?v=1759365305"},{"product_id":"jbl-propond-goldfish-160g","title":"JBL PROPOND Goldfish 160g","description":"\u003ch1\u003eJBL PROPOND Goldfish 160g\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJBL PROPOND Goldfish\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete floating pellet food developed specifically for Goldfish, including common Goldfish, Shubunkins and fancy varieties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formula contains a higher proportion of plant-based ingredients to suit the naturally omnivorous diet of Goldfish, while ingredients including salmon, shrimp and spinach provide quality animal and plant nutrition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for pond water temperatures between \u003cstrong\u003e10–30°C\u003c\/strong\u003e, it makes an excellent staple food through most of the New Zealand pond season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose JBL PROPOND Goldfish?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFormulated specifically for Goldfish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete everyday diet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFloating pearl-style pellets\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for 10–30°C water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContains salmon, shrimp and spinach\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigher proportion of plant-based ingredients\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupports healthy growth and natural colour\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo artificial colouring\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Feed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeed small amounts that your fish can comfortably consume within a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the pellets float, you can easily monitor how much your Goldfish are eating and avoid excessive food being left behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs outdoor temperatures fall and your fish become less active, gradually reduce feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNutritional Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrude Protein:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrude Fat:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrude Fibre:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrude Ash:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4%\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formula includes ingredients such as wheat, salmon, shrimp, wheat germ and spinach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're looking for a \u003cstrong\u003equality everyday food specifically formulated for Goldfish\u003c\/strong\u003e, this is one of the better options in our pond range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared with a generic pond food, PROPOND Goldfish has been formulated around the dietary requirements of Goldfish, including their appetite for plant material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe floating pellets also make it easy to see exactly how much they're eating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJust remember — Goldfish are extremely good at convincing you they need another feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey usually don't.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fish is JBL PROPOND Goldfish designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is specifically formulated for Goldfish, including common Goldfish, Shubunkins and fancy varieties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range is it suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eJBL recommends feeding it at water temperatures between 10–30°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the pellets float?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They are floating pearl-style pellets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much protein does it contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e20% crude protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I feed it every day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is designed as a complete staple diet for Goldfish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much is in the container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e160g.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42145900331085,"sku":null,"price":19.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/Untitleddesign_15.png?v=1759366729"},{"product_id":"pond-one-cleartec","title":"Pond One ClearTec","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePond One ClearTec UV-C Pond Clarifier\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pond One ClearTec UV-C is an ultraviolet pond clarifier designed to help control green water caused by free-floating algae.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater is pumped through the ClearTec unit, where it passes the UV-C lamp before returning to the pond. The UV-C exposure damages microscopic free-floating algae, allowing your pond filtration to remove the affected material more effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your pond has gone from clear to green as the weather warms up, a properly sized UV-C clarifier can be one of the most effective tools for getting the water clear again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable from Simply Fish in \u003cstrong\u003e5W, 9W, 11W and 18W models.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is a UV-C Pond Clarifier?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen pond water is usually caused by huge numbers of microscopic algae suspended throughout the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the algae is floating rather than attached to a surface, you can't simply scrub it off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA UV-C clarifier works by continuously passing pond water past an ultraviolet lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe treated algae can then clump together and be captured more effectively by your pond filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is why a UV-C clarifier works best as part of a complete system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond → Pump → Filtration \/ UV-C → Pond\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003erather than expecting the UV unit itself to physically remove all the waste from the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Does ClearTec Help With?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ClearTec is particularly useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen pond water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree-floating algae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImproving pond water clarity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarden ponds exposed to significant sunlight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish ponds where clear water is important\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond filtration systems needing added UV clarification\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Doesn't a UV-C Clarifier Fix?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA UV-C clarifier is not a magic solution for every type of algae.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works on organisms that actually pass through the UV chamber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat means it is particularly effective against:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFree-floating green-water algae\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt will not simply make established:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eString algae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHair algae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlanket weed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlgae attached to rocks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlgae attached to pond liners\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlgae growing on waterfalls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003edisappear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThose problems need to be addressed through the wider pond setup, including nutrient levels, sunlight, maintenance, plant growth and physical removal where appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Has My Pond Turned Green?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreen water often becomes much more noticeable as spring and summer arrive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon contributing factors include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncreased sunlight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarmer water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncreased fish feeding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncreasing fish waste\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic debris\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInsufficient filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLimited aquatic plant growth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh nutrient availability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling UV-C can deal very effectively with the symptom — suspended green algae — but we'd still look at why the pond became so nutrient-rich in the first place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best long-term result, combine good UV clarification with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAppropriate filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood water movement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSensible fish stocking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eControlled feeding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoval of excessive organic waste\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHealthy pond plants\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich ClearTec Size Should I Buy?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply Fish currently stocks:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClearTec 5W\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-C Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35.5cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.1cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHose Connections:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½–1¼\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to \u003cstrong\u003esmall ponds and low-flow pond filtration systems\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClearTec 9W\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-C Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35.5cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.1cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHose Connections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13–32mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to smaller to medium pond systems and lower-flow applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClearTec 11W\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-C Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 44cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.5cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHose Connections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1–1½\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA useful middle-ground option for medium pond systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClearTec 18W\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUV-C Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 44cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.5cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHose Connections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1–1½\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to larger or higher-flow pond filtration systems within the ClearTec models stocked by Simply Fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eClearTec Size Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eUV-C Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eMaximum Flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearTec 5W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e5W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e1,000L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearTec 9W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e9W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3,000L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearTec 11W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e11W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e4,000L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearTec 18W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e18W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e6,000L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDon't Choose the UV Only by Pond Volume\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour actual water flow through the UV matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor example, if your pond pump is moving approximately 5,000L\/hr through the UV line, choosing a ClearTec model rated for a maximum of only 3,000L\/hr isn't the setup we'd recommend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe water needs enough contact time with the UV-C light for the unit to do its job effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen choosing a ClearTec, consider:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond volume\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual pump flow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHead-height flow loss\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilter flow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHose diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow severe the green-water problem is\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're unsure, contact Simply Fish with your pond size and pump model and we can help match the equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eClearTec vs Pond Filter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese products do different jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePond Filter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoves physical waste and provides biological filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClearTec UV-C\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTargets microscopic organisms and free-floating algae as water passes through the UV chamber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor green-water problems, using UV-C alongside good pond filtration is much more effective than treating either piece of equipment as a replacement for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eClearTec vs ClariTec\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is another important distinction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClearTec\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ClearTec is a standalone UV-C clarifier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose it if you:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlready have pond filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlready have a suitable pump\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWant to add UV-C to an existing system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMainly need help controlling green water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClariTec\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pond One ClariTec combines pressurised pond filtration with UV-C in one system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the ClariTec if you're building or replacing the actual pond filtration system and want filtration and UV-C together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you've already got a good filter and simply want to add UV, we'd generally look at the ClearTec first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Pump Do I Need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ClearTec does not replace your pond pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need a pump to move water through the UV unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the pump based on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequired filtration flow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClearTec maximum flow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond size\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHead height\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlumbing resistance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemember that the number printed on a pond pump is normally its maximum flow under favourable conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReal flow can decrease once the pump is pushing water through hoses, filters and uphill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ClearTec can be integrated into an existing pond filtration system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA basic setup may look like:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond → Pump → Filter → ClearTec → Return\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eor another arrangement appropriate for the equipment you're using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit includes multiple hose connection options and the outlet can be rotated to make installation easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can also be mounted securely on a wall or filter box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen installing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn all equipment off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the ClearTec securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnect suitable pond hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMake sure hose connections are secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your pump flow is appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck carefully for leaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly operate the UV-C according to the manufacturer's instructions once water is flowing correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNever Look Directly at an Operating UV-C Lamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUV-C light is powerful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not operate the lamp outside the protective housing or deliberately expose your eyes or skin to UV-C radiation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways follow the manufacturer's safety instructions when maintaining or replacing the lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDoes the UV Lamp Last Forever?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUV lamps gradually lose effective UV output with use even if the lamp still appears to light up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat means:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e“The bulb is glowing” does not necessarily mean it is still producing the same useful UV-C output it did when new.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplace the UV-C lamp periodically according to the manufacturer's maintenance recommendations and your usage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply Fish also stocks replacement UV lamps for ongoing maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eClean the Quartz Sleeve\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UV lamp is protected from pond water by a quartz sleeve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver time, the sleeve can accumulate:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMineral deposits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlime\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlgae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine dirt\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat buildup can reduce how effectively UV-C light reaches the passing water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your ClearTec seems less effective than it once was, don't automatically assume you need a bigger unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUV lamp age\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuartz sleeve cleanliness\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePump flow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilter condition\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlumbing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether the problem is actually free-floating algae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular maintenance matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Quickly Will It Clear Green Water?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere isn't one exact answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResults depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeverity of the algae bloom\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond volume\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUV size\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlow rate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFiltration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond cleanliness\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmount of sunlight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNutrient levels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UV isn't physically sucking green colour out of the pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pond water needs to circulate through the unit repeatedly, and filtration then needs to deal with the affected material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a severe green-water problem, give the complete system time to work rather than expecting the pond to look crystal clear an hour after installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShould I Use Algae Treatment as Well?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot automatically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the issue is classic suspended green water and you have a properly sized UV-C system, we'd first make sure:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUV is operating correctly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlow is appropriate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFiltration is working\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic waste is under control\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply Fish also stocks pond algae treatments for situations where additional algae control is appropriate, but we'd rather identify the type of algae first than blindly add chemicals to every green-looking pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your pond looks like green soup but you can barely see any algae actually attached to the rocks or liner, UV-C is one of the first pieces of equipment we'd look at.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's particularly useful during spring and summer when sunlight, feeding and biological activity increase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBut our biggest advice is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDon't buy UV-C and ignore the rest of the pond.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the bottom is full of sludge, the filter is undersized, you're feeding heavily and water movement is poor, a UV clarifier is dealing with one part of a bigger problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a good pond setup we'd look at:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePump + filtration + UV-C + sensible feeding + maintenance + healthy pond plants\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eworking together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd if you're deciding between ClearTec models, don't simply buy based on wattage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the actual flow through the unit.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's the number most customers overlook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClearTec 5W\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItem Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e 93090\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWattage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35.5cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.1cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConnections:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½–1¼\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000L\/hr\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClearTec 9W\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItem Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e 93091\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWattage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35.5cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.1cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConnections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13–32mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,000L\/hr\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClearTec 11W\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItem Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e 93092\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWattage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 44cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.5cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConnections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1–1½\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,000L\/hr\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClearTec 18W\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eItem Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e 93093\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWattage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 44cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.5cm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConnections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1–1½\"\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,000L\/hr\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the Pond One ClearTec do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt uses UV-C light to help control microscopic free-floating algae responsible for green pond water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it remove string algae?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot directly. String, hair and blanket algae attached to pond surfaces do not normally pass through the UV chamber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the ClearTec filter the pond?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a UV-C clarifier rather than a complete mechanical and biological filter. Pair it with appropriate pond filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a pump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A suitable pond pump is required to move water through the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich ClearTec should I buy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose according to pond requirements and particularly the water flow through the UV. The \u003cstrong\u003e5W is rated to a maximum 1,000L\/hr, 9W to 3,000L\/hr, 11W to 4,000L\/hr and 18W to 6,000L\/hr.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan too much water flow through a UV-C clarifier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Excessive flow reduces contact time with the UV-C light. Stay within the manufacturer's maximum flow specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it with a Pondmaster pump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the selected pump and actual flow suit the ClearTec model and the rest of your filtration system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eClearTec or ClariTec?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose ClearTec when you already have filtration and mainly want to add UV-C clarification. Consider ClariTec when you want a combined pressurised filter and UV-C system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does it take to clear a green pond?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt varies depending on pond volume, algae severity, UV size, flow and filtration. The water needs to circulate through the UV repeatedly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is my pond still green even though the UV lamp is glowing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the age of the UV lamp, quartz sleeve cleanliness, water flow, filter condition and whether the algae is actually free-floating green water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the UV lamp need replacing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. UV output gradually decreases with use even if the lamp still visibly operates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to clean the ClearTec?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The quartz sleeve should be inspected and cleaned periodically so mineral and organic buildup doesn't block UV transmission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mount it outside the pond?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ClearTec is designed for installation as part of an external pond plumbing system and can be mounted securely using its mounting options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs UV-C safe for fish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fish are not directly exposed to the UV-C lamp. Pond water passes through the enclosed unit before returning to the pond.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua One","offers":[{"title":"5W UV-C","offer_id":43719565344845,"sku":null,"price":159.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9W UV-C","offer_id":43016968962125,"sku":null,"price":189.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11W UV-C","offer_id":43016968994893,"sku":null,"price":229.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18W UV-C","offer_id":43016969027661,"sku":null,"price":299.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/afa708c7-6ad8-4072-b4c6-1d60e9b26af5.png?v=1779344079"},{"product_id":"aqua-one-economy-pellet","title":"Aqua One Economy Pellet","description":"\u003ch1\u003eAqua One Economy Pellet\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAqua One Economy Pellet\u003c\/strong\u003e is a great-value floating pellet food suitable for the daily feeding of both \u003cstrong\u003ecoldwater and tropical fish\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a minimum protein level of 32%, the formula is designed to provide balanced everyday nutrition while supporting healthy growth, energy levels and natural colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe range is available in multiple pellet sizes, making it useful for everything from community aquariums through to larger Goldfish and pond fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose Aqua One Economy Pellet?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat-value everyday fish food\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFloating pellet format\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMinimum 32% protein\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for coldwater and tropical fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHighly digestible to help reduce waste\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupports healthy growth and colour\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in multiple pellet sizes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for regular feeding and larger fish collections\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Pellet Size Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1mm Pellet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall tropical fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuvenile Goldfish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller community fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2mm Pellet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium tropical fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium-sized Goldfish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral community aquariums\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3mm Pellet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger Goldfish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger tropical fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond fish with bigger mouths\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a pellet size that your fish can comfortably swallow without struggling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Feed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeed small amounts \u003cstrong\u003eonce or twice daily\u003c\/strong\u003e, offering only as much as your fish can consume within a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid excessive feeding, particularly in ponds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUneaten food eventually breaks down into waste, increasing the workload on your filtration and potentially contributing to poor water quality and algae.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a really good option when you want a \u003cstrong\u003esimple, affordable staple food\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly if you're feeding a lot of fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor larger Goldfish ponds or multi-tank fish rooms, buying a larger economy pack can make considerably more sense than constantly going through small premium food containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe'd still recommend rotating in other quality foods where possible to provide some dietary variety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuaranteed Analysis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtein:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimum 32%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimum 3%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFibre:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximum 5%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMoisture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximum 12%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAsh:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximum 10%\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fish can eat Aqua One Economy Pellets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are suitable for daily feeding of a wide variety of coldwater and tropical fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the pellets float?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Aqua One Economy Pellets are floating pellets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich pellet size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse 1mm for smaller fish, 2mm for medium-sized fish and 3mm for larger fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I feed them to Goldfish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They are suitable for Goldfish in both aquariums and ponds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them as an everyday food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They are formulated as a balanced daily diet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they suitable for fish rooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The larger bulk packs make them particularly useful when feeding large numbers of fish.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua One","offers":[{"title":"3mm 1100g Bottle","offer_id":42990112964685,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2mm 1100g Bottle","offer_id":42990112997453,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1mm 1200g Bottle","offer_id":42990113030221,"sku":null,"price":29.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/11597_25445bd5-e343-48ef-a188-4a7f8309ea05.jpg?v=1778825720"},{"product_id":"pond-one-o2plus-air-machine","title":"Pond One O2plus Air Machine","description":"\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003ePond One O2plus Air Machine – High-Output Pond \u0026amp; Fish Room Air Pump\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePond One O2plus Air Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-output air pump designed for aerating garden ponds, fish ponds and larger multi-tank aquarium systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the O2plus range is excellent for adding oxygen and water movement to outdoor ponds, these pumps are also \u003cstrong\u003every popular for fish rooms, breeding rooms and aquarium racks\u003c\/strong\u003e where one central air pump can supply multiple tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of plugging a separate air pump into every aquarium, an O2plus can be connected to a suitable air manifold and used to distribute air around an entire fish room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply Fish stocks three sizes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eO2plus 4000\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eO2plus 8000\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eO2plus 12000\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Add Aeration to a Pond?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish, beneficial bacteria and other pond organisms all rely on oxygen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional aeration can help:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncrease water movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImprove gas exchange at the surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport fish respiration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport aerobic beneficial bacteria\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduce stagnant areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImprove circulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvide extra oxygen during warm weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport heavily stocked ponds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAeration becomes particularly useful during warmer weather because \u003cstrong\u003ewarm water naturally holds less dissolved oxygen than cold water\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnfortunately, that's also when pond fish generally become more active and start eating more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat combination makes good aeration particularly valuable through spring and summer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAlso Excellent for Fish Rooms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe O2plus isn't just a pond air pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIt's also an excellent central air source for fish rooms.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you've got 10 aquariums, running 10 individual air pumps quickly means:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 power plugs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 pumps vibrating behind tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 pieces of equipment to maintain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA lot of messy airline and cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead, you can potentially run:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 O2plus → Air Manifold → 10 Individual Airlines → 10 Aquariums\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach tank can then receive air for equipment such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSponge filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir stones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreeder boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-lift filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUndergravel filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoving-bed filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther air-driven equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis type of setup is particularly useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish breeders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated fish rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuarantine systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrow-out tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFry tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShrimp rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail aquarium systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Run One Central Air Pump?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest advantage is simplicity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 tanks = 10 air pumps\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eyou can potentially have:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 tanks = one central air system\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBenefits include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFewer electrical plugs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLess equipment behind each aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaner installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralised airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasier maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy expansion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent compatibility with sponge filtration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a fish room where most tanks are running sponge filters, a properly sized central air pump is often one of the cleanest ways to set everything up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSponge Filters Are Perfect for Central Air\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSponge filters are one of the main reasons centralised air systems are so popular in breeding and fish rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey provide:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent biological filtration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGentle water flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFry-safe filtration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow running costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReliable operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd because they're completely air-driven, \u003cstrong\u003eone sufficiently powerful O2plus can potentially operate sponge filters across an entire aquarium rack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis can be particularly useful if you've got 10, 20 or even more aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUse an Air Manifold\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're running several tanks, don't just keep splitting airline using random T-pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe'd recommend using a proper \u003cstrong\u003emulti-way air manifold\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA manifold lets you run one main air supply from the O2plus and then split it into individual controlled outlets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eO2plus → 12-way manifold → 10 aquariums\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach outlet can then be adjusted independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's useful because one tank may need a lot more air than another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA large sponge filter in a deep grow-out tank may need considerably more airflow than a small sponge filter in a shallow fry tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCould One O2plus Run 10 Fish Tanks?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotentially, yes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 10-tank fish room is exactly the type of setup where a central air system starts making a lot of sense.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, the correct O2plus size depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of tanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of sponge filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize\/type of sponge filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of air stones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirline length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of branches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired airflow at each outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSo we wouldn't say:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“10 tanks automatically means O2plus 4000.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBut if you tell us how many tanks you're running and what you're powering, we can help work out which model makes sense.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLeave Yourself Some Spare Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is especially relevant for fish rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're building a system for 10 tanks, don't necessarily choose an air pump that's already at its absolute limit operating 10 outlets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGiving yourself some spare capacity means you can later:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd another aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd another sponge filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncrease airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd an air stone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun a breeder box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpand your rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“I'm only setting up 10 tanks”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ehas a mysterious habit of becoming:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“Somehow I now own 18 tanks.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who's built a fish room knows how that goes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich O2plus Size Do I Need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eO2plus 4000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe smallest model in the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-to-medium ponds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModerate additional aeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmaller fish rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple sponge filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmaller central-air systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e check the airflow printed on your current NZ stock before changing the published specification, as there appears to be a discrepancy between some O2plus 4000 specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eO2plus 8000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA considerable step up in airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Air Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately \u003cstrong\u003e4,200L\/hr\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium-to-large ponds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavily stocked ponds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple air stones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarger fish rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple aquarium racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarger numbers of sponge filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eO2plus 12000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe largest O2plus stocked by Simply Fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Air Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately \u003cstrong\u003e6,600L\/hr\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge ponds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh fish loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple aeration points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge fish rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreeding facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge aquarium racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSystems requiring substantial airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor serious multi-tank installations, this gives you considerably more capacity to distribute air throughout the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDon't Size an Air Pump by Pond Litres Alone\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere's no simple rule such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“4,000L pond = O2plus 4000.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAir-pump requirements depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish stocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePond depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of air stones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-stone size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirline length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting water movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same applies to fish rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can't simply say:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“10 tanks = this pump.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen shallow 40L fry tanks using small sponge filters have completely different requirements from ten deep 200L grow-out tanks running large sponge filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePond or Aquarium Depth Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe deeper an air stone or sponge filter sits, the harder the air pump has to work to push air down to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat means aquarium depth and pond depth both matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're running a fish room with tall aquariums, you'll need more pressure than you would with shallow breeder tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMultiple Air Outlets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe O2plus is designed to supply multiple air outlets, making it particularly useful when you want to spread aeration throughout a pond or distribute air between several aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a pond you might position air stones:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn deeper areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAway from filter returns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn stagnant sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAround different parts of a larger pond\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn a fish room, those outlets can instead supply:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank 1 sponge filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank 2 sponge filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank 3 air stone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank 4 breeder box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnd so on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA proper manifold makes this much easier to control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUse Proper Air Stones and Airline\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor ponds, the O2plus can be connected to suitable pond air stones to create bubbles and water movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor aquarium systems, it can be connected to standard compatible airline systems, manifolds, sponge filters and air stones as appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemember that the bubbles themselves aren't simply dumping oxygen directly into the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the biggest benefits comes from the movement they create, particularly at the water surface, where gas exchange takes place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eO2plus vs Pond Pump\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey perform different jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePond Pump\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoves \u003cstrong\u003ewater\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsed for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePond filtration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterfalls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFountains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCirculation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eO2plus\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoves \u003cstrong\u003eair\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsed for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePond air stones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium sponge filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium air stones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-driven filtration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional pond aeration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a pond, you may use both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour \u003cstrong\u003ePond One MantaRay or Pondmaster\u003c\/strong\u003e can move water through the filtration system while the O2plus provides dedicated aeration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo I Need Aeration if I Have a Waterfall?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot necessarily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA good waterfall can create substantial surface movement and gas exchange.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional aeration may still be worthwhile when:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish stocking is high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater becomes very warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe waterfall is occasionally turned off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThere are stagnant areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou want additional oxygenation during summer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe wouldn't automatically tell every pond owner they need an air pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it where it actually improves the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeneficial Bacteria Need Oxygen Too\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAeration isn't only beneficial for fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe aerobic bacteria involved in biological filtration also rely on oxygen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood circulation and oxygen availability can therefore help support healthy biological filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat doesn't mean an air pump replaces your \u003cstrong\u003epond filter\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey work together as parts of the overall system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFish Room Setup Example\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImagine you've got a rack containing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 aquariums\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eand each aquarium uses one sponge filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of installing 10 small air pumps, you could set up:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eO2plus Air Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e↓\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Air Line\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e↓\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10–12 Way Manifold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e↓\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndividual Airline to Each Tank\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e↓\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSponge Filter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThen adjust each manifold outlet until every sponge filter receives the amount of airflow you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gives you one central air system that's much easier to manage and expand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUse Check Valves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is particularly important in aquarium fish rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the air pump sits below the aquarium water level, water can potentially siphon backward through airline if the air supply stops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse suitable \u003cstrong\u003enon-return\/check valves\u003c\/strong\u003e where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother option is installing the central air pump above aquarium water level where appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEither way, make sure water can't travel backward toward the electrical air pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePosition the Air Machine Properly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the O2plus itself:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWell ventilated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtected from flooding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessible for maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAway from excessive moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositioned according to Pond One's installation instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly airline and air stones belong in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe air machine itself does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKeep Airline Runs Sensible\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAirflow can be reduced by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtremely long airline runs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKinked airline\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery deep air stones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive T-pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiny tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoorly designed manifolds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlocked air stones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a larger fish room, we'd rather build a proper central distribution system than run one tiny airline around the entire room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Is Pond Aeration Most Important?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePay particular attention during:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpring and Summer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish metabolism and feeding increase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHot Weather\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarmer water holds less dissolved oxygen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHeavy Fish Stocking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore fish creates greater oxygen demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOvernight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlants and algae consume oxygen rather than producing it when there is no light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCertain Treatments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome pond treatments can affect oxygen availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow treatment instructions carefully and increase aeration when recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSigns a Pond May Need More Aeration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatch for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish gathering near waterfalls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish staying near filter returns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish gasping at the surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery little surface movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge fish stocking levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery warm water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, if fish are suddenly behaving abnormally:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003etest your water too.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmmonia, nitrite and other water-quality problems can produce similar symptoms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDon't Wait for an Emergency\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you've got:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA heavily stocked pond\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge Goldfish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHot summer conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimited surface agitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003einstalling additional aeration before a hot spell is much better than trying to solve an oxygen problem after fish begin struggling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same principle applies to fish rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA reliable central air system is critical if a large number of tanks depend on air-driven sponge filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends – Pond Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor pond owners, we'd particularly consider an O2plus if you're running:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh fish stocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge Goldfish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLimited surface movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep ponds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm summer conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpread the air around the pond rather than automatically pushing everything through one tiny air stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple appropriately positioned air stones can create much better circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends – Fish Rooms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a multi-tank fish room, our preferred approach is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne appropriately sized air machine + proper manifold + individual flow controls + check valves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003erather than a pile of separate little air pumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasier to manage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasier to expand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcellent for sponge filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnd always leave yourself some spare capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish rooms rarely get smaller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Pond One O2plus do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a high-output air pump designed to provide aeration to ponds and other aquatic systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Pond One O2plus in a fish room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The O2plus can make an excellent centralised air source for multiple aquariums, particularly when running sponge filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCould one O2plus run 10 fish tanks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePotentially, yes. The appropriate model depends on aquarium depth, number and size of sponge filters, airline length and required airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it run sponge filters?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. A central air system is particularly well suited to powering multiple sponge filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a manifold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor multi-tank installations, we'd strongly recommend one. It makes splitting and individually adjusting airflow much easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I use check valves?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes where appropriate, especially if the air pump sits below aquarium water level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it pump water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It pumps air. Use a pond water pump such as a Pondmaster or MantaRay for water circulation and filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need aeration if I already have a waterfall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot always. A strong waterfall may already create substantial gas exchange, although additional aeration may still help heavily stocked or warm ponds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are my pond fish gasping at the surface?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLow oxygen is one possibility, but ammonia, nitrite and other water-quality issues can also cause abnormal behaviour. Test the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs aeration more important during summer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Warmer water naturally holds less dissolved oxygen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put the O2plus underwater?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The air machine itself must remain dry and be installed according to Pond One's instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes aeration replace filtration?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Aeration and filtration perform different roles and are often used together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in a breeding room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Central air systems are particularly useful for breeding and grow-out tanks using sponge filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tanks can an O2plus run?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere isn't one fixed number. Tank depth, sponge-filter size, airline layout and airflow requirements all affect capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I buy a bigger model than I currently need for a fish room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSome spare capacity is useful if you expect to add more aquariums later, but there's no need to massively oversize the system unnecessarily.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua One","offers":[{"title":"Pond One O2plus 4000 2100l\/hr","offer_id":42607071625293,"sku":null,"price":149.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pond One O2plus 8000 4200l\/hr","offer_id":42607071658061,"sku":null,"price":259.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pond One O2plus 12000 6600l\/hr","offer_id":42607071690829,"sku":null,"price":329.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/93065.jpg?v=1768728582"},{"product_id":"aqua-one-economy-pellet-extra-large-4mm-5kg","title":"Aqua One Economy Pellet Extra Large 4mm 5KG","description":"\u003ch1\u003eAqua One Economy Pellet Extra Large 4mm 5kg\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAqua One Economy Pellet Extra Large 4mm 5kg\u003c\/strong\u003e is a bulk floating pellet food designed for larger coldwater and tropical fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4mm pellet size makes it especially useful for \u003cstrong\u003eadult Goldfish, larger pond fish, big tropical fish and high-volume fish rooms\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the 5kg bag offers excellent value for customers feeding a lot of fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose Aqua One Economy Pellet?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge 4mm floating pellet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHuge 5kg bulk size\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e32% minimum protein\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for coldwater and tropical fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHighly digestible formula\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned not to cloud the water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat value for ponds and large fish collections\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for everyday feeding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the 4mm Pellet For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe larger pellet size is best suited to fish with mouths large enough to eat it comfortably, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdult Goldfish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger pond fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge tropical fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBigger grow-out fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-volume fish-room systems\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor smaller fish, we'd choose one of the smaller Aqua One Economy Pellet sizes instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Feed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeed small amounts once or twice daily, giving only what your fish can comfortably consume within a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the pellets float, you can easily monitor feeding and avoid excessive food being left behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn outdoor ponds, reduce feeding as water temperatures fall and fish activity slows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuaranteed Analysis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtein:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimum 32%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimum 3%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFibre:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximum 5%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMoisture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximum 12%\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAsh:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximum 10%\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a great-value option if you're feeding \u003cstrong\u003ea large Goldfish pond or a serious number of fish\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 5kg bag can work out much cheaper than constantly buying small containers, while still giving you a complete everyday floating food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJust make sure your fish are genuinely large enough for the 4mm pellet — bigger food isn't automatically better.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fish can eat the 4mm Economy Pellet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is suitable for larger coldwater and tropical fish, including adult Goldfish and other fish capable of comfortably eating a 4mm pellet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the pellets float?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much protein do they contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMinimum 32% crude protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the food cloud the water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAqua One states that Economy Floating Pellets are designed not to cloud the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for ponds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The bulk size and large pellet make it especially practical for larger Goldfish ponds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much food is in the bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5kg.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua One","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42725707874381,"sku":null,"price":79.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/EconomyPelletBulk5kg.png?v=1772334514"},{"product_id":"jbl-propond-all-season-flakes-1l","title":"JBL ProPond All Seasons Flakes 1L","description":"\u003ch1\u003eJBL ProPond All Seasons Flakes 1L\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJBL ProPond All Seasons Flakes\u003c\/strong\u003e are a complete floating flake food designed for \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfish and other freshwater pond fish\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flake format is particularly useful for smaller Goldfish, juvenile fish and mixed-size ponds where larger sticks or pellets may be harder for some fish to eat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flakes float at the surface, making it easy to monitor feeding and remove excess food before it breaks down into waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose ProPond All Seasons Flakes?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete everyday pond fish food\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFloating flake format\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGreat for smaller Goldfish and pond fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy to monitor feeding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for mixed-size fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupports healthy growth, colour and overall condition\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1L container\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Feed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeed small amounts that your fish can comfortably consume within a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's usually better to offer \u003cstrong\u003ea couple of smaller feeds rather than one huge handful\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove excessive uneaten food where possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs outdoor water temperatures drop and your Goldfish become less active, reduce both the amount and frequency of feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlakes vs Sticks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth can make excellent everyday pond foods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose flakes if:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou have smaller Goldfish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou have juvenile fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour pond contains a mixture of fish sizes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome fish struggle with larger foods\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose sticks if:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou have larger adult Goldfish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou want a larger floating food\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou're feeding a bigger pond with predominantly larger fish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mixed ponds, there's nothing wrong with using both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are a really handy staple food for smaller pond fish because the flakes are easy to break apart and distribute across the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe main thing we'd watch is \u003cstrong\u003eoverfeeding\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoldfish will usually behave as though they haven't eaten in weeks, regardless of what happened five minutes ago.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeed according to how quickly the food disappears rather than how convincing the fish look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fish are ProPond All Seasons Flakes suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGoldfish and other freshwater ornamental pond fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the flakes float?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, allowing fish to feed from the surface and making feeding easier to monitor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre flakes good for small Goldfish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The smaller food format is particularly useful for juvenile and smaller Goldfish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them as an everyday food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They are designed as a complete staple pond food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I feed less during cold weather?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Reduce feeding as pond temperatures fall and fish activity decreases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much is in the container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 litre.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42818734620749,"sku":null,"price":17.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/JBL-ProPond-All-Seasons-Flakes-M-1L-Kiwi-Petz-JBL-24694170746962.webp?v=1774488292"},{"product_id":"pond-one-impeller-mantaray-16000","title":"Pond One Impeller - MantaRay 16000","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"40\" data-end=\"324\"\u003eThe Pond One Impeller for the MantaRay 16000 is a genuine replacement part designed to restore your pond pump’s performance and efficiency. A worn or damaged impeller can reduce flow and increase noise, so replacing it ensures smooth, reliable operation and consistent water movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"326\" data-end=\"601\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"326\" data-end=\"342\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"342\" data-end=\"345\"\u003e✔ Genuine replacement impeller for MantaRay 16000 pumps\u003cbr data-start=\"400\" data-end=\"403\"\u003e✔ Restores optimal water flow and pump efficiency\u003cbr data-start=\"452\" data-end=\"455\"\u003e✔ Reduces noise and vibration from worn components\u003cbr data-start=\"505\" data-end=\"508\"\u003e✔ Precision fit for easy installation\u003cbr data-start=\"545\" data-end=\"548\"\u003e✔ Durable construction for long-lasting performance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"603\" data-end=\"800\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"603\" data-end=\"618\"\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"618\" data-end=\"621\"\u003e✔ Replacing worn or damaged impellers\u003cbr data-start=\"658\" data-end=\"661\"\u003e✔ Restoring flow in high-output pond systems\u003cbr data-start=\"705\" data-end=\"708\"\u003e✔ Maintaining filtration and water circulation\u003cbr data-start=\"754\" data-end=\"757\"\u003e✔ Keeping your pond pump running smoothly\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua One","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42853029281869,"sku":null,"price":69.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/Pond-One-Impeller-MantaRay-16000-Kiwi-Petz-Pond-One-20490279813202_610x_crop_center_136fc73e-0cb9-4a39-9777-b1000c4d083b.webp?v=1775702888"},{"product_id":"pond-one-mantaray-filter-pump","title":"Pond One MantaRay Filter Pump","description":"\u003ch1\u003ePond One MantaRay Filter Pump\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePond One MantaRay Filter Pump\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-flow pond pump designed primarily for moving large volumes of water through pond filtration systems, waterfalls and larger circulation setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike a small fountain pump, the MantaRay is built around \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-volume water movement\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it a strong option for larger garden ponds and fish ponds where filtration performance is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply Fish stocks four models:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMantaRay 4000 – 4,000L\/hr\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMantaRay 6000 – 6,400L\/hr\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMantaRay 8000 – 8,700L\/hr\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMantaRay 16000 – 16,000L\/hr\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond One also uses a solid-particle handling impeller, low-maintenance intake strainer, multi-directional outlet and built-in pump protection across the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a MantaRay?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe'd look at a MantaRay when you need:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh pond circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStrong flow through a pond filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater movement for larger ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaterfall circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBetter debris handling than a small fountain pump\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pump designed for continuous filtration use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigher head-height capability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplaceable impeller assemblies\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA low-maintenance intake design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a small decorative fountain, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/products\/pond-one-pondmaster-mk-ii\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond One Pondmaster MK II\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e may make more sense.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a proper filtration system moving several thousand litres per hour, the MantaRay is where we'd start looking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich MantaRay Size Do I Need?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMantaRay 4000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.2m\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30W\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller filtration systems\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium garden ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModerate waterfalls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral pond circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the smallest MantaRay and a good entry point when you want a dedicated filter pump without moving into extremely high flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMantaRay 6000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,400L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.3m\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50W\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMedium-to-large ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePressurised filtration systems\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger waterfalls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigher-flow circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA useful middle-ground pump for ponds where 4,000L\/hr won't provide enough real-world flow after plumbing losses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMantaRay 8000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8,700L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5m\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85W\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger fish ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigher-flow filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger waterfalls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSystems with greater head height\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe additional head capability makes this particularly useful where water has to travel uphill before reaching the filter or waterfall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMantaRay 16000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5m\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180W\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge ponds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-capacity filtration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge waterfalls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLong plumbing runs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSystems requiring significant water movement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a serious pond pump and should be matched carefully to the filter and plumbing rather than simply chosen because it has the biggest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond One's published specifications confirm these flow, head-height and power figures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMantaRay Size Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eMaximum Flow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003eMaximum Head\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth align=\"right\"\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMantaRay 4000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e4,000L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3.2m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e30W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMantaRay 6000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e6,400L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e3.3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e50W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMantaRay 8000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e8,700L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e4.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e85W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMantaRay 16000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e16,000L\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e6.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd align=\"right\"\u003e180W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRemember: Maximum Flow Is Not Your Actual Flow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is probably the most important thing to understand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eMantaRay 8000\u003c\/strong\u003e is rated at up to 8,700L\/hr.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat does not mean you'll necessarily get 8,700L\/hr coming out of the end of the hose once you've connected:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pond filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeveral metres of hose\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple bends\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA waterfall\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA significant vertical lift\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePump flow decreases as resistance and head height increase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond One's own performance curves show flow progressively dropping as head height increases across all four MantaRay models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSo give yourself some headroom when sizing the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMatch the Pump to Your Filter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're running a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/products\/pond-one-claritec-uv-c-pressurised-filter\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond One ClariTec\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, don't simply choose the largest MantaRay available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe filter has its own maximum flow rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor example:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClariTec 3000 → maximum 3,000L\/hr\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClariTec 5000 → maximum 5,000L\/hr\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClariTec 10000 → maximum 10,000L\/hr\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClariTec 15000 → maximum 15,000L\/hr\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour goal is for the \u003cstrong\u003eactual delivered flow\u003c\/strong\u003e to suit the filter once plumbing losses are taken into account.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToo little flow can mean weak circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eToo much flow can exceed what the filter is designed to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePump and filter sizing should be treated as one decision.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMantaRay vs Pondmaster MK II\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese ranges overlap slightly, but we'd generally think of them differently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose a Pondmaster MK II if:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou want a fountain\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou have a smaller pond\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou want general circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour required flow is relatively modest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou're powering a smaller waterfall or water feature\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoose a MantaRay if:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFiltration is the priority\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need several thousand litres per hour\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou have a larger pond\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou're running a substantial waterfall\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need better debris handling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need higher head capability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a small decorative pond, we'd usually save the money and use a Pondmaster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a larger Goldfish pond running a substantial filter, we'd be much more likely to look at the MantaRay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt for Pond Filtration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the most useful features of the MantaRay is its \u003cstrong\u003esolid-particle handling impeller\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePonds aren't clean environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pump may encounter:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeaves\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall plant material\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish waste\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine sludge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrganic debris\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MantaRay is designed around this type of pond filtration work rather than expecting perfectly clean water entering the pump. Pond One also uses a surrounding strainer housing with raised leaf guards intended to reduce intake blockage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat doesn't mean you should deliberately bury it in sludge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBut it is better suited to dirty pond-water filtration duties than many smaller general-purpose pumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLow-Maintenance Intake Strainer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MantaRay's outer housing acts as a large intake strainer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond One specifically designed the raised openings to make it harder for leaves to sit flat against the housing and block water flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat helps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintain flow for longer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduce intake blockages\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReduce how often the pump needs attention\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep larger debris away from the impeller\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou should still check and clean the pump periodically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo pond pump is genuinely maintenance-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMulti-Directional Outlet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MantaRay uses a ball-joint-style adjustable outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lets you direct the hose in different directions rather than forcing the plumbing into an awkward bend immediately after leaving the pump. Pond One says this design is intended to reduce unnecessary frictional resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's useful because every unnecessary restriction in your plumbing costs you flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUse the Largest Practical Hose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't spend hundreds of dollars on a powerful pond pump and then choke it with tiny hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUndersized hose creates extra resistance and reduces the flow you actually get.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere your pump, filter and installation allow it, we'd generally use a suitably large hose and keep the plumbing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShort\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmooth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree from kinks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree from unnecessary tight bends\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clean plumbing layout can make a surprisingly large difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Does Head Height Mean?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHead height is essentially how hard the pump needs to work to lift water vertically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your pump is at pond level and the filter inlet is 1.5 metres higher, you've already introduced roughly 1.5m of static head before considering hose resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MantaRay models have maximum head ratings ranging from \u003cstrong\u003e3.2m to 6.5m\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBut remember:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum head does not mean useful full flow at that height.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt maximum head, flow is approaching zero.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your pump according to the flow you require at your actual operating height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eExample: Running a ClariTec\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSay you're running a filter that ideally wants around \u003cstrong\u003e5,000L\/hr\u003c\/strong\u003e of actual flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour filter sits about 1 metre above pond level and you have several metres of hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pump rated at exactly 5,000L\/hr at zero head may no longer provide anything close to 5,000L\/hr by the time water reaches the filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's where something like the \u003cstrong\u003eMantaRay 6000\u003c\/strong\u003e may make more sense than choosing a smaller pump that only just meets the theoretical requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe actual choice will depend on the full plumbing layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eExample: Waterfall\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuppose you're trying to run a substantial waterfall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need to consider:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVertical height\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaterfall width\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesired thickness of water\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHose diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePipe length\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNumber of bends\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pump might technically get water to the top but still produce a disappointing trickle once all those losses are factored in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor waterfalls, we'd generally rather have \u003cstrong\u003esome excess capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e than discover after installation that the pump is too small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt-In Pump Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond One equips the MantaRay with protection against dry-running conditions and electrical overload to reduce the chance of pump damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's a very useful safeguard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBut don't interpret it as permission to deliberately run the pump dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer's information still says the pump should normally operate submerged unless it is correctly installed as an inline pump in an appropriate filtration system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSubmerged or Inline Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MantaRay is designed primarily as a pond filter pump and can be used submerged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond One also allows inline operation when installed correctly within an appropriate filtration setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most normal garden pond installations, submerged operation will be the simplest approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Do I Install It?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA typical setup looks like:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond → MantaRay → Pond Filter → Return to Pond\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eor:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond → MantaRay → Filter \/ UV → Waterfall → Pond\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic installation:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork out your pond volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the filter's required flow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCalculate your approximate head height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the appropriate MantaRay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the pump securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttach appropriately sized hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep plumbing as direct as practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnect the filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck all fittings for leaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm that your actual water flow is suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere Should I Position the Pump?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't simply drop it into the deepest pile of sludge in the pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe'd position it where:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater can reach the intake freely\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt isn't constantly buried in sediment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can retrieve it for maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plumbing route is practical\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood pond circulation is created\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn some setups, positioning the pump away from the filter return can also help encourage water movement across the pond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf flow begins to reduce, check the pump before immediately assuming it has failed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLook at:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOuter intake strainer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeaves\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eString algae\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImpeller\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHose\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlumbing restrictions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MantaRay housing is designed to be dismantled with minimal tool use, and the impeller assembly can be removed for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eReplacement Impellers Are Available\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne thing we particularly like about this range is that replacement impeller assemblies are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond One lists:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/products\/pond-one-impeller-mantaray-4000\"\u003eMantaRay 4000 replacement impeller\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/products\/pond-one-impeller-mantaray-6000-8000\"\u003eMantaRay 6000\/8000 replacement impeller\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/products\/pond-one-impeller-mantaray-16000\"\u003eMantaRay 16000 replacement impeller\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply Fish already carries these replacement parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat's useful on a more expensive pump because a worn impeller doesn't necessarily mean throwing the entire unit away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEnergy Consumption\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDespite their high flow rates, the four models use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4000 – 30W\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6000 – 50W\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8000 – 85W\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e16000 – 180W\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eaccording to Pond One's current technical sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause pond filtration pumps may run continuously for long periods, electrical consumption is worth considering when comparing models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't massively oversize the pump without a reason.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThree-Year Guarantee\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond One backs the MantaRay range with a \u003cstrong\u003e3-year guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the manufacturer's installation and maintenance requirements to keep the pump operating correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimply Fish Recommends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MantaRay is where we'd look when someone says:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e“I don't care about a little fountain — I need to move a serious amount of water through my pond filter.”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest mistake is still the same one we see with every pump:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSizing it based purely on the zero-head flow number.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your filter needs 6,000L\/hr and you buy a pump rated at exactly 6,000L\/hr, but you've then got:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.5m of vertical lift\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6m of hose\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeveral bends\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA UV\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eyou're probably not going to get the flow you expected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive yourself enough pump capacity to account for the real installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBut don't go completely the other way and connect a 16,000L\/hr pump to a filter rated for 5,000L\/hr.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe pump, filter and plumbing all need to match.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're unsure, give us:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePond volume\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish stocking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFilter model\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight from pond to filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximate hose length\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWaterfall requirements\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eand we'll help work out which MantaRay makes sense.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMantaRay 4000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.2m\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220–240V\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond One Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e 93007\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMantaRay 6000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,400L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.3m\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220–240V\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond One Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e 93008\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMantaRay 8000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8,700L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5m\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220–240V\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond One Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e 93009\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMantaRay 16000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16,000L\/hr\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Head:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5m\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180W\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 220–240V\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePond One Code:\u003c\/strong\u003e 93010\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Pond One MantaRay designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePrimarily high-volume pond filtration, circulation and waterfalls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSimply Fish stocks the MantaRay 4000, 6000, 8000 and 16000.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum flow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDepending on the model, maximum flow ranges from 4,000L\/hr to 16,000L\/hr.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill I actually get the advertised flow rate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot necessarily. Actual flow depends on head height, hose length, hose diameter, bends, filters and other restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use a MantaRay with a ClariTec filter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, provided the actual pump flow is appropriate for the selected ClariTec model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMantaRay or Pondmaster?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe'd generally choose Pondmaster for smaller ponds, fountains and moderate circulation. MantaRay is better suited to higher-flow filtration and larger systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I run a waterfall with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The MantaRay's higher flow and head capability make it particularly suitable for waterfalls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it handle dirty pond water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt uses a solid-particle handling impeller and large intake strainer designed for pond filtration duties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have dry-run protection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, Pond One lists built-in protection against dry-running conditions and overload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I deliberately run it dry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Follow Pond One's operating instructions. It should normally operate submerged unless correctly installed for inline use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the impeller be replaced?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Replacement impeller assemblies are available for all four sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAs required. Reduced water flow is a good reason to inspect the intake, impeller and plumbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy has my MantaRay lost flow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCheck the intake strainer, leaves, algae, impeller, hose and filter before assuming the motor has failed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePond One lists a three-year guarantee for the MantaRay range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCheck out our \u003c\/span\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/simplyfish.store\/blogs\/news\/spring-pond-care-nz\"\u003espring pond care blog post\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cspan\u003e for some helpful tips to get your pond ready for the warmer season!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua One","offers":[{"title":"MantaRay 4000 4000L\/H","offer_id":42853327896653,"sku":null,"price":299.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"MantaRay 6000 6400 L\/H","offer_id":42853327929421,"sku":null,"price":329.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"MantaRay 8000 8700 L\/H","offer_id":42853327962189,"sku":null,"price":369.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"MantaRay 16000 16000 L\/H","offer_id":42853327994957,"sku":null,"price":399.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/Pond-One-MantaRay-4000-Filter-Pump-Kiwi-Petz-Pond-One-20490179117138_6a9534b1-73bc-4441-862c-894982575f97.webp?v=1775705610"},{"product_id":"pond-one-impeller-mantaray-6000-8000","title":"Pond One Impeller - MantaRay 6000 \u0026 8000","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"46\" data-end=\"302\"\u003eThe Pond One Impeller for MantaRay 6000 and 8000 pumps is a genuine replacement part designed to restore strong, efficient water flow. Replacing a worn or damaged impeller helps reduce noise, improve performance, and keep your pond system running reliably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"304\" data-end=\"556\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"304\" data-end=\"320\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"320\" data-end=\"323\"\u003e✔ Designed for MantaRay 6000 and 8000 pond pumps\u003cbr data-start=\"371\" data-end=\"374\"\u003e✔ Restores optimal water flow and pump efficiency\u003cbr data-start=\"423\" data-end=\"426\"\u003e✔ Helps reduce noise and vibration\u003cbr data-start=\"460\" data-end=\"463\"\u003e✔ Precision fit for easy installation\u003cbr data-start=\"500\" data-end=\"503\"\u003e✔ Durable construction for long-lasting performance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"558\" data-end=\"747\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"558\" data-end=\"573\"\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"573\" data-end=\"576\"\u003e✔ Replacing worn or damaged impellers\u003cbr data-start=\"613\" data-end=\"616\"\u003e✔ Restoring flow in pond filtration systems\u003cbr data-start=\"659\" data-end=\"662\"\u003e✔ Maintaining waterfalls and water features\u003cbr data-start=\"705\" data-end=\"708\"\u003e✔ Keeping pond pumps running smoothly\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua One","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42863177203789,"sku":null,"price":54.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/Pond-One-Mantaray-60008000-Impeller.png?v=1776055447"},{"product_id":"pond-one-impeller-mantaray-4000","title":"Pond One Impeller - MantaRay 4000","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"39\" data-end=\"285\"\u003eThe Pond One Impeller for MantaRay 4000 is a genuine replacement part designed to restore smooth, efficient pump performance. Replacing a worn or damaged impeller helps improve water flow, reduce noise, and keep your pond system running reliably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"287\" data-end=\"530\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"287\" data-end=\"303\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"303\" data-end=\"306\"\u003e✔ Designed for MantaRay 4000 pond pumps\u003cbr data-start=\"345\" data-end=\"348\"\u003e✔ Restores optimal water flow and pump efficiency\u003cbr data-start=\"397\" data-end=\"400\"\u003e✔ Helps reduce noise and vibration\u003cbr data-start=\"434\" data-end=\"437\"\u003e✔ Precision fit for easy installation\u003cbr data-start=\"474\" data-end=\"477\"\u003e✔ Durable construction for long-lasting performance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"532\" data-end=\"721\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"532\" data-end=\"547\"\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"547\" data-end=\"550\"\u003e✔ Replacing worn or damaged impellers\u003cbr data-start=\"587\" data-end=\"590\"\u003e✔ Restoring flow in pond filtration systems\u003cbr data-start=\"633\" data-end=\"636\"\u003e✔ Maintaining waterfalls and water features\u003cbr data-start=\"679\" data-end=\"682\"\u003e✔ Keeping pond pumps running smoothly\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua One","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42863566487629,"sku":null,"price":53.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/Pond-One-Impeller-MantaRay-4000-Kiwi-Petz-Pond-One-20490269130834_610x_crop_center_566a413f-4c6c-4ee2-a35d-60493ba2272c.webp?v=1776056707"},{"product_id":"aqua-one-fish-net-alu-handle-12-inch-30x20cm-w","title":"Aqua One Fish Net - Alu. Handle 12 Inch 30x20cm W","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"60\" data-end=\"348\"\u003eThe Aqua One Fish Net with Aluminium Handle is a durable and practical tool designed for safely handling fish and removing debris from your aquarium. Featuring a strong aluminium handle and a large 30x20cm net head, it offers excellent reach and control for everyday aquarium maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"350\" data-end=\"621\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"350\" data-end=\"366\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"366\" data-end=\"369\"\u003e✔ Large 12 inch net size with 30 x 20cm opening\u003cbr data-start=\"416\" data-end=\"419\"\u003e✔ Durable aluminium handle for strength and longevity\u003cbr data-start=\"472\" data-end=\"475\"\u003e✔ Fine mesh suitable for safely catching fish\u003cbr data-start=\"520\" data-end=\"523\"\u003e✔ Lightweight and easy to maneuver\u003cbr data-start=\"558\" data-end=\"561\"\u003e✔ Ideal for general aquarium maintenance and fish handling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"623\" data-end=\"786\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"623\" data-end=\"638\"\u003ePerfect For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"638\" data-end=\"641\"\u003e✔ Freshwater and marine aquariums\u003cbr data-start=\"674\" data-end=\"677\"\u003e✔ Catching and transferring fish safely\u003cbr data-start=\"716\" data-end=\"719\"\u003e✔ Removing debris or uneaten food\u003cbr data-start=\"752\" data-end=\"755\"\u003e✔ Medium to large tank setups\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua One","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42949759434829,"sku":null,"price":39.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/10172.jpg?v=1777858997"},{"product_id":"daltons-aquatic-mix-15l","title":"Daltons Aquatic Mix 15L","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDaltons Aquatic Mix 15L – Premium Potting Mix for Pond Plants\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGive your pond plants the stable, nutrient-rich growing medium they need with \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDaltons Aquatic Mix 15L\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Specially formulated for planting and repotting water lilies, lotus and other aquatic plants, this premium mix is designed for use in pots and containers placed underwater in ornamental ponds.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMade from a processed blend of \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003emineral-rich loamy clay and sand\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, Daltons Aquatic Mix provides a supportive growing medium that helps aquatic plants establish strong roots and thrive. Its free-draining composition is based on the experience of commercial water-plant growers and is designed specifically for submerged pond pots.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for water lilies, lotus and other potted aquatic plants\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMineral-rich clay and sand blend\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupports healthy root establishment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for pots and containers placed underwater\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFree-draining formulation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for ornamental ponds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConvenient 15-litre bag\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col start=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFill the aquatic planting pot approximately halfway with Daltons Aquatic Mix.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePosition the plant in the centre of the pot.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdd more mix and press it down firmly around the plant.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCover the surface with a layer of gravel to help keep the mix contained.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSoak the completed pot in a bucket of water for approximately 30 minutes before placing it into the pond.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"Daltons","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43368072839245,"sku":null,"price":18.95,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/media_daltons_product_PremiumAquaticMix.jpg_1280.jpg?v=1785991752"},{"product_id":"daltons-landscape-riverstone","title":"Daltons Landscape Fine Riverstone 15L","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDaltons Landscape Riverstone\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGive your pond a clean, natural finish with \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDaltons Landscape Riverstone\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. These attractive rounded stones are ideal for \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ecapping aquatic soil in ponds and water features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, helping keep soil securely in place while creating a tidy, natural-looking surface.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRiverstone is also an excellent choice for \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003elandscaping around ponds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, creating decorative borders, covering exposed areas, and helping blend your pond naturally into the surrounding garden.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal For:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCapping pond soil and aquatic planting media\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlanted ponds and water gardens\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLandscaping around ponds and water features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDecorative garden areas\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCreating a natural riverbed-style appearance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Use Riverstone for Ponds?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen growing aquatic plants in soil or aquatic mix, a layer of riverstone over the surface helps reduce soil disturbance and prevents fish, water movement and maintenance from easily stirring up the substrate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIts natural appearance also makes it an easy way to give ponds and water features a more established, professional finish.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerfect for pond keepers wanting a practical soil cap that doubles as attractive landscaping material.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43708708061261,"sku":null,"price":19.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/media_daltons_product_RiverstoneFine15LvisDflat.jpg_1280.jpg?v=1788239578"},{"product_id":"daltons-premium-grade-pea-metal-15l","title":"Daltons Premium Grade Pea Metal 15L","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDaltons Premium Grade Pea Metal 15L\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDaltons Premium Grade Pea Metal 15L\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is a versatile decorative gravel ideal for \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ecapping pond soil, aquatic planting media, and landscaping around ponds and water features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIts smaller stone size makes it especially useful for creating a neat, even layer over aquatic soil, helping reduce soil disturbance while giving planted ponds a clean and natural finish.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt can also be used around pond edges, water features and garden areas to create tidy borders, decorative zones and natural-looking transitions between water and surrounding landscaping.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal For:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCapping pond soil and aquatic mix\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlanted ponds and water gardens\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAquatic plant baskets and containers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLandscaping around ponds and water features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDecorative garden gravel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCreating a clean, natural pond finish\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Use Pea Metal in Ponds?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdding a layer of pea metal over pond soil helps keep the planting media in place and reduces the chance of soil being disturbed by fish, water movement or general pond maintenance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe smaller gravel size also makes it easy to spread evenly around aquatic plants and across planting areas.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43708723331149,"sku":null,"price":19.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/media_daltons_product_PeaMetal15LvisBflat.jpg_1280.jpg?v=1788241258"},{"product_id":"daltons-landscape-fine-decorative-pebble-15l","title":"Daltons Landscape Fine Decorative Pebble 15L","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDaltons Landscape Decorative Pebble 15L\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDaltons Landscape Decorative Pebble 15L\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e is a practical and attractive option for \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ecapping pond soil, finishing aquatic planting areas, and landscaping around ponds and water features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe decorative pebble creates a clean, natural surface over aquatic soil, helping keep planting media in place while improving the overall appearance of your pond. It is also ideal for use around pond edges, garden beds and water features where you want a tidy, landscaped finish.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal For:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCapping pond soil and aquatic planting media\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlanted ponds and water gardens\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAquatic plant baskets and containers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLandscaping pond edges\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWater features and decorative garden areas\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCreating a natural, finished pond appearance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Use Decorative Pebble in Ponds?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA layer of decorative pebble over aquatic soil helps reduce soil disturbance from fish, water movement and maintenance. It also gives planted areas a more polished appearance and helps blend your pond naturally into the surrounding landscape.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Simply Fish","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43708729163853,"sku":null,"price":19.99,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0571\/2180\/0269\/files\/media_daltons_product_DecpebbleFine15LvisCFLAT.jpg_1280.jpg?v=1788241746"}],"url":"https:\/\/simplyfish.co.nz\/collections\/pond-care.oembed","provider":"Simply Fish","version":"1.0","type":"link"}